You are on page 1of 124

Air Cylinder New

Ø 6, Ø 10, Ø 16 RoHS

Double foot Head flange


Double-side bossed are
added to the
mounting types. Double-side bossed

4 types 7 types Head cover


with boss

New For Ø 6, 3 types 6 types Double foot Head flange

Improved amount of
mounting freedom
Head cover with
boss is added.

Easy fine adjustment Head cover port location


of auto switch position “Perpendicular to axis”
Fine adjustment of the auto switch position is possible by is newly added to Ø 6.
simply loosening the screw attached to the auto switch. Improved piping flexibility
Transparent switch bracket improves
visibility of indicator LED.
Fine adjustment of auto switch
LED colour indicator

New Ø 6  
Ø 10  
Screw attached to auto switch Switch bracket Ø 16  

Series CJ2
CAT.EUS20-226D-UK
Air Cylinder

Part numbers with rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket available
Not necessary to order a bracket for the applicable cylinder separately
Note) Mounting bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

Example) CDJ2D16-50Z- N W -M9BW-B


Pivot bracket N: Kit of pivot bracket Rod end bracket With rod end bracket Rod end cap
— None and double clevis — None V: Single knuckle T: Flat type
joint
Pivot bracket is shipped V Single knuckle joint
together with the
N W Double knuckle joint
product, but not
assembled. T Rod end cap (Flat type)
∗: Only for CJ2D (double clevis) type W: Double knuckle U: Round type
∗: Except Ø 6 U Rod end cap (Round type) joint
∗: Ø 6: Except V, W

Various
ous mounting bracket options N:: Pivot
N P bracket
sSuitable
ble mounting brackets ccan an be D: Double clevis (Except
(E
Except Ø 6)
selected
ted for the installation ccondition.
ondition. (Except Ø 6)
sImproved
oved amount of mountin
mounting ng
freedom
om
G: Head flange

B: Basi
Basicc
d end
U: Rod d cap
und type)
(Round F
F:: Rod flange

E: Double
E: side bossed
Double-side

M: Doub
Double foot

L
L:: Single foo
foot
ot

od end
T: Rod e cap
Flat type)
(Flat t

V:
V Single
g knuckle joint
j nt
(Except Ø 6)
W: Double knuckle joint
(Except Ø 6)

2 mounting types of compact auto switches Head cover


쐌 Band mounting 4 types of head cover
쐌 Rail mounting shape are available.
The auto switch mounting type, band or rail can be Band mounting Basic Double clevis
selected with the model number.

Water resistant compact auto switch now available


쐌 Solid state auto switch D-M9쏔A(V)

Applicable to lead wire perpendicular entry type Rail mounting (Except Ø 6)


∗: Except Ø 6 Axial piping With boss

Specifications and
dimensions are the
same as the current
No environmental hazardous substances used product.
1
Series CJ2
Screw attached to auto switch
Easy fine adjustment of Switch bracket

auto switch position Visibility of the indicator


LED improved with the
Auto switch

Fine adjustment of the auto transparent resin switch


bracket
switch set position can be (Standard specification)
performed by loosening the Switch holder
auto switch attached screw
without loosening the auto
switch mounting band. Oper-
ability improved compared with
the conventional auto switch Auto switch mounting screw
set position adjustment, where
the complete switch mounting Auto switch mounting band
band requires loosening.

Stroke Variations
Standard stroke
Bore size [mm]
15 30 45 60 75 100 125 150 175 200
6

10

16

Series Variations
Bore size [mm] Variations
Series Action Type Page
6 10 16 Built-in magnet Air cushion

Standard Double
CJ2-Z Single rod 5
acting

Double Double rod


acting 23

Single rod
Single
(Spring return 30
acting
/extend)
Non-rotating rod Double
CJ2K-Z Single rod 47
acting

Single rod
Single
(Spring return 54
acting
/extend)
Built-in speed controller Double
CJ2Z-Z Single rod 66
acting

Double
acting
Double rod 73

Direct mount Double


CJ2R-Z Single rod 78
acting

Single rod
Single
(Spring return 82
acting
/extend)
Direct mount, Double
Non-rotating rod Single rod 86
acting
CJ2RK-Z
Single rod
Single
(Spring return 89
acting
/extend)
With end lock Double
CBJ2 Single rod 93
acting

Smooth Cylinder Double


CJ2Y-Z acting
Single rod www.smc.eu

Low Speed Cylinder Double


CJ2X-Z acting
Single rod www.smc.eu

∗: The air cylinder with end lock has the same shape as the current product. ∗: For details about the clean series, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu.
∗: Air cushion is only available for Ø 10 and Ø 16.
2
Combinations of Standard Products and Made to Order Specifications
Series CJ2

Series CJ2 CJ2K


(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
 : Standard
: Made to Order Action/ Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
 : Special product (Please contact SMC for details.) Type Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Double rod Single rod
— : Not available (spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)
Page
5 23 30 47 54
Applicable
Symbol Specifications Ø 6 to Ø 16 Ø 10, Ø 16
bore size

Standard Standard       
Ø 6 to Ø 16
D Built-in magnet       

CJ2쏔-쏔A Air cushion Ø 10, Ø 16   — — — — —

10-, 11- Clean series∗1 Ø 6 to Ø 16  ∗10   — — —

25A- Copper (Cu) and Zinc (Zn)-free∗6 Ø 10, Ø 16       

XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 150°C)∗3, 4     

XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C)∗3, 4 Ø 6 to Ø 16     

XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)∗4 — — — — — —

XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) Ø6 — — — — — —

XC3 Special port position∗2, 4 Ø 6 to Ø 16  — — — —

Adjustable stroke cylinder/


XC8 Adjustable extension type∗4
—     

Adjustable stroke cylinder/


XC9 Adjustable retraction type∗4
—  —  —
Ø 10, Ø 16
XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type∗4 —    

XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type∗4 — — —  — —

XC22 Fluororubber seal∗4  


Ø 6 to Ø 16
XC51 With hose nipple

XC85 Grease for food processing equipment


Ø 10, Ø 16
X446 PTFE grease

X773 Short pitch mounting Ø6 — — — — — —


∗1: Mounting type: Not compatible with the clevis type. ∗6: For details, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu.
An auto switch is available in the band mounting type only. ∗7: The shape is the same as the current product.
∗2: An auto switch is available in the band mounting type only. ∗8: Available only for locking at head end.
∗3: The products with an auto switch are not compatible. ∗9: Available only for locking at rod end.
∗4: The products with an air cushion are not compatible. ∗10: Ø 10 and Ø 16 only
∗5: For details about the smooth cylinder and low speed cylinder, ∗11: Copper and fluorine-free [20-] are available as standard products.
refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu.

3
Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2Z CJ2R CJ2RK CBJ2 CJ2Y∗5 CJ2X∗5
(Built-in speed controller type) (Direct mount type) (Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type) (With end lock)∗7 Smooth Cylinder Low Speed Cylinder

CJ2W
Standard
Double acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Double acting Double acting
Single Double Single Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
rod rod rod (spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)

66 73 78 82 86 89 93 — —

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Ø 10, Ø 16 Ø 16 Ø 10, Ø 16 Ø 10, Ø 16 Symbol

           Standard

Double Acting, Single Rod


          

CJ2K
D

Non-rotating Rod
— —  — — — — — — — — CJ2쏔-쏔A

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


   ∗8

CJ2K
— — — — — — — 10-, 11-

           25A-

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
         — — XB6

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
        — — — XB7

CJ2ZW
— — — — — — — — — — XB9

— — — — — — — — — — — XB13

— —  — —  — —   XC3

CJ2R
      

Direct Mount
— — — — XC8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


— —  —  — ∗9 — XC9

CJ2R
 —         — XC10

∗9
Double Acting, Single Rod
— —  — —  — — — — XC11 Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

        — — XC22 CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

— — — XC51
CJ2RK

— — — XC85

— — — X446
With End Lock

CBJ2

— — — — — — — — — — — X773
Made to Order Auto Switch

4
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2 RoHS

Ø 6, Ø 10, Ø 16
How to Order

CJ2 B 16 60 A Z
With auto switch CDJ2 B 16 60 A Z M9BW B
With auto switch Bore size Pivot bracket
(Built-in magnet) Made to Order
6 6 mm — None Refer to page 6 for details.
10 10 mm Pivot bracket is
Mounting 16 16 mm Auto switch mounting type
shipped together with
B Basic N the product, but not A Rail mounting
E Double-side bossed Cylinder standard stroke [mm] assembled. B Band mounting
D Double clevis Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 6.
∗: Only for CJ2D (double clevis) ∗: For rail mounting, screws and nuts
L Single foot
∗: Pivot bracket is shipped for 2 auto switches come with the rail.
M Double foot together with the product, ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto switch
F Rod flange
Head cover port location
but not assembled. mounting brackets.
G Head flange Perpendicular ∗: Except Ø 6 ∗: Ø 6: Band mounting only
∗: Foot/Flange brackets are —
to axis
shipped together with the Rod end bracket Number of auto switches
product, but not assembled. — None — 2 pcs.
∗: Double clevis is only R Axial V Single knuckle joint S 1 pc.
available for Ø 10 and Ø 16. n “n” pcs.
W Double knuckle joint
∗: For double clevis, double side bossed, T Rod end cap (Flat type)
Cushion Auto switch
double foot and head flange, the port is U Rod end cap (Round type)
— Rubber bumper located perpendicular to the cylinder axis. — Without auto switch
A Air cushion ∗: Rod end bracket is shipped
together with the product, but not ∗: For applicable auto switches,
∗: Ø 6: Rubber bumper only assembled. refer to the table below.
∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided  Enter the auto switch mounting type (A or
∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 6. with the single knuckle joint. B) even when a built-in magnet cylinder
∗: Ø 6: Except knuckle joint without an auto switch is required.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire 5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
— 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —
Grommet —
—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
5
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Specifications

CJ2
Bore size [mm] 6 10 16
Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa

CJ2W
Standard
Maximum operating pressure 10.7 MPa
Minimum operating Rubber bumper 0.12 MPa 0.06 MPa
pressure Air cushion — 0.1 MPa
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C

CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper Rubber bumper/Air cushion
Symbol Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Rubber bumper Air cushion Rubber bumper 50 to 750 mm/s
Piston speed
Air cushion — 50 to 1000 mm/s

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rubber bumper 0.012 J 0.035 J 0.090 J
Allowable kinetic

CJ2K
Air cushion 0.07 J 0.18 J
energy —
(Effective cushion length) (9.4 mm) (9.4 mm)

Non-rotating Rod
Stroke length tolerance +1.0
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Made to Order

CJ2K
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) Standard Strokes
Symbol Specifications [mm]
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape Bore size Standard stroke Maximum manufacturable stroke
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (-10 to 150 °C) ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion 6 15, 30, 45, 60 200

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 400

CJ2Z
-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (-40 to 70 °C) ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion

Built-in Speed Controller


Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 400
-XB9
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
-XB13∗1 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion
Produced upon receipt of order.
-XC3 Special port location ∗ Not available with air cushion ∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard

CJ2ZW
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type
-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type Mounting and Accessories/Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
-XC22 Fluororubber seal ∗ Not available with air cushion …Mounted on the product. …Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
-XC51 With hose nipple Double∗ Double clevis

CJ2R
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment clevis (including T-bracket)
  

Direct Mount
Standard

-X446 PTFE grease Mounting nut — —


-X773∗1 Short pitch mounting Rod end nut     
Clevis pin — — —  

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


∗1: Ø 6 only
Single knuckle joint     

CJ2R
Double knuckle joint∗
Option

    
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)     
T-bracket — — —  
∗: A pin and retaining rings are included with double clevis and/or double knuckle joint.

Double Acting, Single Rod


∗: Double clevis is only available for Ø 10 and Ø 16. Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Cylinder model:
CDJ2D16-60Z-NW-M9BW-B Double clevis
Mounting Brackets/Part No.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Bore size [mm]


CJ2RK

Double knuckle joint Mounting bracket


6 10 16
Foot CJ-L006C CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
Flange CJ-F006C CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
T-bracket∗ — CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
∗: T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
With End Lock

CBJ2

Pivot bracket

Auto switch Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders Moisture


Band mounting with auto switches. Control Tube
• Auto switch proper mounting position Series IDK
Made to Order Auto Switch

Mounting D: Double clevis (detection at stroke end) and its When operating an actuator with a small diameter
Pivot bracket N: Yes mounting height and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint • Minimum stroke for auto switch condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. mounting
piping depending on the conditions.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Operating range
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part
∗: Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc-
no.
shipped together with the product, but not assembled. curring. For details, refer to the IDK series in the
catalogue on www.smc.eu.
∗: Except Ø 6
6
Series CJ2

Weights
[g]
Precautions
Rubber bumper Air cushion Refer to page 121 before handling.
Bore size [mm]
6 10 16 10 16
Basic 20 22 46 39 66
Basic weight
Axial piping 17 22 46 39 66
(When the stroke
Double clevis (including clevis pin) — 24 54 43 74
is zero)
Head-side bossed 20 23 48 40 68
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 2 4 7 4 7 ∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the
Single foot 8 8 25 8 25 basic weight.
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 16 50 16 50 ∗: Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for
weight Rod flange 5 5 13 5 13 the double clevis.
Head flange 5 5 13 5 13 Calculation:
Single knuckle joint — 17 23 17 23 Example) CJ2L10-45Z
Double knuckle joint 앫Basic weight ······················· 22 (Ø 10)
— 25 21 25 21
(including knuckle pin) 앫Additional weight ················ 4/15 stroke
Accessories
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 1 2 1 2 앫Cylinder stroke···················· 45 stroke
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 1 2 1 2 앫Mounting bracket weight····· 8 (Axial foot)
T-bracket — 32 50 32 50 22 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 42 g

Clean Series Low Speed Cylinder


6 Head cover 10 Head cover
10-CJ2 Mounting 10 Stroke port location Z CJ2 X Mounting
16
Stroke port location Z
16
Clean Series Low Speed Cylinder

Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which discharges leakage Smooth operation with a little sticking and slipping at low speed.
from the rod section directly into the outside of clean room by relief port Can start smoothly with a little ejection even after being
and making an actuator’s rod section having a double seal construction. rendered for hours.

The dimensions are the same as the double acting, single rod type.

Specifications Specifications
Action Double acting, Single rod Action Double acting, Single rod
Bore size [mm] 6, 10, 16 Bore size [mm] 10, 16
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa Fluid Air
Minimum operating Ø6 0.14 MPa Proof pressure 1.05 MPa
pressure Ø 10, Ø 16 0.08 MPa Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper/Air cushion Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Standard stroke [mm] Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6.)
Ambient and fluid Without auto switch: -10 to 70 °C (No freezing)
Auto switch Mountable (Band mounting) temperature With auto switch: -10 to 60 °C
Basic, Double-side bossed∗, Cushion Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Mounting
Single/Double foot∗, Rod/Head flange∗
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
∗: Ø 10 and Ø 16 only
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Construction Piston speed 1 to 300 mm/s
Allowable kinetic Ø 10 0.035 J
energy Ø 16 0.090 J

∗: The above figure is for Ø 16.


For the detailed specifications, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu. For details, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu.

7
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2
Ø6
Rubber bumper

  # # 8 ; . B   =  2  @ 

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2
With auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Ø 10, Ø 16

Non-rotating Rod
Rubber bumper

  8 # 
   . ; 2 
 > 
 @ B 
 =

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
With auto switch

Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2ZW
Air cushion

! !4
!6 ! ! r !7
!8 ! o K ! !2
!0 ! e i !1
! u !3
! ! w
!5
y !
!9 t

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
With auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1A Rod cover Aluminium alloy 11 Piston seal NBR
1B Seal retainer Aluminium alloy Ø 6 only 12 Tube gasket NBR
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 13 Wear ring Resin


3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 14 Cushion needle Carbon steel
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 15 Cushion ring Aluminium alloy
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 16 Needle seal NBR
With End Lock

6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 17 Mounting nut Rolled steel


CBJ2

7 Piston Aluminium alloy 18 Rod end nut Rolled steel


8 Bumper Urethane 19 Magnet —
9 Rod seal NBR 20 Spacer Aluminium alloy Ø 6: Without magnet
10 Cushion seal NBR
Made to Order Auto Switch

8
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Basic (B)
CJ2B6 – Stroke Head cover port location Z

Rod end nut  Mounting nut

Ø NDh8
MM NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
C
ØD Ø

B–0.3
0
A F T NA NB
0
H S + Stroke B–0.3
Z + Stroke

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


9
Ø
8–0.3
0

NC
0
8–0.3 SA + Stroke
ZA + Stroke

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)

CJ2B 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z
Ø NDh8

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Axial location (R)


Rod end nut ∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.
 Mounting nut
Section Y detail Y GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
NN C
MM Ø
ØD

B –0.3
0

0
A F NA NB B –0.3
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NC NDh8 NN S SA T Z ZA
0
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 9.5 7 6–0.018 M6 x 1.0 51.5 49 3 79.5 77
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 — 8–0.022 M8 x 1.0 46 — — 74 —
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 — 10–0.022 M10 x 1.0 47 — — 75 —

9
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Dimensions

CJ2
Basic (B)

With air cushion: CJ2B


10 – Stroke A Head cover port location Z
16

CJ2W
Standard
 Mounting nut
45°

Rod end nut GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


C

CJ2
B –0.3
0

Double Acting, Single Rod


NA NB

CJ2K
0
S + Stroke B –0.3

Non-rotating Rod
Z + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
WA WB

Piping port
M5 x 0.8

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)

Direct Mount
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22. ∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 9. [mm]

CJ2R
Bore size B C GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

10
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Single foot (L)
CJ2L6 – Stroke Head cover port location Z
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
9
Ø
8–0.3
0

0
8–0.3 NC
SA + Stroke
ZA + Stroke
2 x Ø LC
Head cover port location
Mounting hole
Axial location (R)

 Mounting nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


Rod end nut NN F GA GB Cover surface
C MM
ØD

Ø
B–0.3
0

LY
LB
LH
0
B–0.3
LT

LX
X Y
LZ
A T NA NB
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

CJ2L 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

Piping port M5 x 0.8

2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.
 Mounting nut
F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
Rod end nut NN Cover surface
C MM
Ø
ØD
B–0.3
0

LY
LB
LH

0
B–0.3
LT

LX
A LZ
X Y NA NB
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NC NN S SA T X Y Z ZA
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 9.5 7 M6 x 1.0 51.5 49 3 5 7 79.5 77
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 — M8 x 1.0 46 — — 5 7 74 —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 — M10 x 1.0 47 — — 6 9 75 —

11
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Dimensions

CJ2
Single foot (L)

With air cushion: CJ2L


10 – Stroke A Head cover port location Z
16

CJ2W
Standard
 Mounting nut
Rod end nut
45°
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB Cover surface
C

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Ø

CJ2
B–0.3
0

LB
0 NA NB
B–0.3

Double Acting, Single Rod


S + Stroke

CJ2K
Z + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2K
WB
WA

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Piping port M5 x 0.8

CJ2ZW
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

CJ2R
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

Direct Mount
Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 11. [mm]
Bore size B C GA GB LB NA NB WA WB S Z

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


10 15 17 7.5 6.5 16.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93

CJ2R
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 23 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

12
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Double foot (M)
CJ2M6 – Stroke Z

4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

H
 Mounting nut  Mounting nut
Rod end nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NN
MM NN F GA GB F Cover surface
ØD

LY
LB
LH
LT

LT
LX
A T NA NB Y X LZ
X Y S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

CJ2M 10
16 –
Stroke Z
4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

H  Mounting nut
 Mounting nut F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB F NN
Cover surface
Rod end nut NN
ØD

MM LY
LB
LT

LH
LT

LX
A LZ
X Y NA NB Y X
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A D F GA GB H LB LC LH LS LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S T X Y Z
6 15 3 8 14.5 5 28 15 4.5 9 65.5 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 9.5 M6 x 1.0 51.5 3 5 7 91.5
10 15 4 8 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 60 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M8 x 1.0 46 — 5 7 86
16 15 5 8 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 65 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 47 — 6 9 90

13
45°

16
10
B–0.3

Bore size
View E
Ø
C
0
B–0.3

15
B
Dimensions

18.3
Rod end nut
Double foot (M)

20
17
 Mounting nut
With air cushion: CJ2M

7.5
7.5
GA
16

6.5
6.5
GB
GA

WA
NA

23
LB
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

16.5
10 – Stroke AZ

21
21
NA

20
20
NB
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

WA

14.4
14.4
Z + Stroke

WB

13.4
13.4
S + Stroke

66
65
Z

94
93
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 13. [mm]
NB

WB
GB

View E
Double Acting, Single Rod
Air Cylinder: Standard Type

 Mounting nut

LB
Cover surface

14
Series CJ2

With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Rod flange (F)
CJ2F6 – Stroke Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


Rod end nut NN GA GB Cover surface
C MM

ØD
Ø
B–0.3

FY
FB
0

FT T FX 2 x Ø FC
0
B–0.3 A F NA NB FZ Mounting hole
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


9
Ø
8–0.3
0

0
8–0.3 NC
SA + Stroke
ZA + Stroke

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)

CJ2F 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z
 Mounting nut
NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB Cover surface
Rod end nut
C MM
ØD

Ø
B–0.3

FY
FB
0

0
B–0.3 FT FX
A F NA NB FZ 2 x Ø FC
H S + Stroke Mounting hole
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NC NN S SA T Z ZA
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 9.5 7 M6 x 1.0 51.5 49 3 79.5 77
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 — M8 x 1.0 46 — — 74 —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 — M10 x 1.0 47 — — 75 —

15
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Dimensions

CJ2
Rod flange (F)

With air cushion: CJ2F


10 – Stroke A Head cover port location Z
16

CJ2W
Standard
 Mounting nut
Rod end nut
GA GB Cover surface
45° Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


C
Ø

CJ2
B–0.3

FB
0

Double Acting, Single Rod


0
B–0.3 NA NB

CJ2K
S + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Z + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
WB
WA

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Piping port
M5 x 0.8

CJ2ZW
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

CJ2R
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

[mm]

Direct Mount
Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 15.
Bore size B C FB GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 14.5 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
16 18.3 20 19 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

16
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Head flange (G)
CJ2G6 – Stroke Z

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8  Mounting nut


Cover surface Rod end nut NN GA GB NN
MM C

ØD
Ø

B–0.3
FY
FB

0
F
0
A T NA NB FT B–0.3
FX 2 x Ø FC H S + Stroke F
FZ Mounting hole
Z + Stroke

CJ2G 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Cover surface Rod end nut GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB  Mounting nut
NN NN

C
ØD

MM

Ø
B–0.3
FY
FB

0
FX 2 x Ø FC A F NA NB FT B–0.3
0

Mounting hole
FZ H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN S T Z
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 9.5 M6 x 1.0 51.5 3 87.5
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M8 x 1.0 46 — 82
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 47 — 83

17
16
10
Bore size
15
B
Dimensions

18.3
Head flange (G)

C
FB

20
17
Cover surface
With air cushion: CJ2G

19
FB
14.5
16

Rod end nut

7.5
7.5
GA

6.5
6.5
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

GB
GA

WA
NA
10 – Stroke AZ

21
21
NA

20
20
NB
WA

14.4
14.4
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

WB

13.4
13.4
Z + Stroke

66
65
S + Stroke

94
93
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 17. [mm]
NB

WB
GB
Double Acting, Single Rod
Air Cylinder: Standard Type

0
B–0.3
 Mounting nut

Ø
C
0
B–0.3
45°

18
Series CJ2

With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Double clevis (D)
CJ2D 10
16 –
Stroke Z

+0.030
Ø CDH9 0
–0.030
Rod end nut GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NB Clevis pin (Ø cdd9 –0.060 )
MM GB
C C
Ø
ØD

Ø
CZ–0.3

B–0.3
0

0
+0.2
CX +0.1 A NA 0
B–0.3
0 H S + Stroke U
CZ –0.3
Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

With air cushion: CJ2D


10 – Stroke AZ
16

Rod end nut NB


GA GB 45°
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
C

Ø
Ø

C
CZ –0.3

B–0.3
0

NA
0 0
CZ –0.3 S + Stroke B–0.3
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

WA WB

∗: A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


[mm]
Bore size A B C CD (cd) CX CZ D GA GB H MM NA NB R S U Z ZZ
10 15 12 14 3.3 3.2 12 4 8 18 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 22.5 5 46 8 82 87
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 8 23 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 27.5 8 47 10 85 93

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. [mm]
Bore size B C CZ GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z ZZ
10 15 17 15 7.5 19.5 21 33 14.4 26.4 65 101 106
16 18.3 20 18.3 7.5 24.5 21 38 14.4 31.4 66 104 112

19
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Dimensions

CJ2
Double-side bossed (E)
CJ2E6 – Stroke Z

CJ2W
Standard
Ø NDh8
 Mounting nut
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 YY

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Ø NDh8

Rod end nut NN


GB NN

CJ2
MM C
Ø
ØD

B–0.3
0

Double Acting, Single Rod


NA

CJ2K
0
A F T NB B–0.3

Non-rotating Rod
H S + Stroke F Section YY detail
Z + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
CJ2E 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Ø NDh8

CJ2ZW
Section Y detail  Mounting nut

Ø NDh8

CJ2R
NN Y GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB YY
Rod end nut

Direct Mount
MM NN
C
Ø
B–0.3

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0

CJ2R
A F NA NB 0
B–0.3
ØD

Section YY detail

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
H S + Stroke F

CJ2RK
Z + Stroke Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN S T Z
0
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 9.5 6–0.018 M6 x 1.0 51.5 3 87.5
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 8–0.022 M8 x 1.0 46 — 82
With End Lock

0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 10–0.022 M10 x 1.0 47 — 83
CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

20
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Double-side bossed (E)
With air cushion: CJ2E
10 – Stroke AZ
16

 Mounting nut
GA GB
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
Rod end nut 45°

Ø
C
B–0.3
0
NA NB
0
S + Stroke F B–0.3
Z + Stroke

WA WB

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 20. [mm]
Bore size B C GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 101
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 102

21
Series CJ2
Dimensions of Accessories (Option)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Single Knuckle Joint Clevis Pin Knuckle Pin

NDH10

CJ2W
Standard
12

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Material: Stainless steel
Material: Rolled steel Material: Stainless steel
Part no. Applicable Included

Double Acting, Single Rod


bore size Dd9 d L L1 m t retaining ring

CJ2K
Part no. Applicable Part no. Applicable Included
bore size A1 L1 MM NDH10 NX R1 U1 CD-J010 10 3.3–0.030
–0.060 3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2
bore size Dd9 d L L1 m t retaining ring

Non-rotating Rod
I-J010C 10 8 21 M4 x 0.7 3.3+0.048
0 3.1 8 9 CD-Z015 16 5–0.030
–0.060 4.8 22.7 18.3 1.5 0.7 Type C 5 CD-J010 10 3.3–0.030
–0.060 3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2

I-J016C 16 8 25 M5 x 0.8 5 +0.048


0 6.4 12 14 CD-JA010∗ 10 3.3–0.030
–0.060 3 18.2 15.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2 IY-J015 16 5–0.030
–0.060 4.8 16.6 12.2 1.5 0.7 Type C 5

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


∗: For Ø 10 double clevis type, with air cushion and built-in speed controller. ∗: For Ø 10, a clevis pin is diverted.

CJ2K
∗: Retaining rings are included with a clevis pin. ∗: Retaining rings are included with a knuckle pin.

Double Knuckle Joint Mounting Nut Rod End Nut

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Ø ND hole H10
Axis d9
12

CJ2ZW
Material: Rolled steel Material: Carbon steel Material: Carbon steel

CJ2R
Applicable
Part no. A1 L L1 MM
Part no. Applicable Part no. Applicable
bore size
Y-J010C 10 8 15.2 21 M4 x 0.7 bore size B1 C1 d H1 bore size B2 C2 d H2

Direct Mount
Y-J016C 16 11 16.6 21 M5 x 0.8 SNJ-006C 6 8 9.2 M6 x 1.0 4 NTJ-006B 6 5.5 6.4 M3 x 0.5 2.4
Part no. NDd9 NDH10 NX R1 U1 SNJ-010C 10 11 12.7 M8 x 1.0 4 NTJ-010C 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Y-J010C 3.3–0.030 +0.048 SNJ-016C 16 14 16.2 M10 x 1.0 4 NTJ-015C 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4
–0.060 3.3 0 3.2 8 10

CJ2R
Y-J016C 5–0.030 5+0.048 6.5 12 10 SNKJ-016C∗ 16 17 19.6 M12 x 1.0 4
–0.060 0

∗: A knuckle pin and retaining rings are included. ∗: For Ø 16 non-rotating type. (Use SNJ-016C
for Ø 10 non-rotating type.)

Double Acting, Single Rod


T-bracket Rod End Cap Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

TN
(S + Stroke) (U)
CJ2RK
TDH10 Flat type/CJ-CF쏔쏔쏔 Round type/CJ-CR쏔쏔쏔
+0.2
0TU
7

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2RK
TH

4 x Ø TC 12 12
TZ

With End Lock

TK
TT

TY
CBJ2

TX Material: Polyacetal
TV TW
Part no. Applicable
A D L MM N R W
Flat type Round type bore size
CJ-CF006 CJ-CR006 6 6 8 11 M3 x 0.5 5 8 6
Part no. Applicable
bore size TC TDH10 TH TK TN TT TU TV TW TX TY TZ
Made to Order Auto Switch

CJ-CF010 CJ-CR010 10 8 10 13 M4 x 0.7 6 10 8


CJ-T010C 10 4.5 3.3+0.048
0 29 18 3.1 2 9 40 22 32 12 8 CJ-CF016 CJ-CR016 16 10 12 15 M5 x 0.8 7 12 10
CJ-T016C 16 5.5 5+0.048
0 35 20 6.4 2.3 14 48 28 38 16 10
∗: A T-bracket includes a T-bracket base, single knuckle joint, hexagon
socket head bolt and spring washer.
∗: For dimensions of (U) and (S + Stroke), refer to the double clevis
drawing on page 19.

22
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

Series CJ2W RoHS

Ø 6, Ø 10, Ø 16
How to Order

CJ2W B 16 60 A Z
With auto switch CDJ2W L 16 60 A Z M9BW B
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Mounting Number of auto
B Basic switches
Bore size
L Foot — 2 pcs.
6 6 mm
F Flange S 1 pc.
10 10 mm
∗: Foot/Flange brackets n “n” pcs.
16 16 mm
are shipped together
with the product, but
not assembled. Cylinder standard stroke [mm] Auto switch mounting type
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 24. A Rail mounting
B Band mounting
Cushion
∗: For rail mounting, screws
— Rubber bumper
and nuts for 2 auto switches
A Air cushion Auto switch
come with the rail.
∗: Ø 6: Rubber bumper only — Without auto switch
∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
∗: For applicable auto switches, switch mounting brackets.
refer to the table below. ∗: Ø 6: Band mounting only
 Enter the auto switch mounting
type (A or B) even when a
built-in magnet cylinder without Made to Order
an auto switch is required. Refer to page 24 for details.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire 5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
— 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —
Grommet —
—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)
23
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2W

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Specifications

CJ2
Bore size [mm] 6 10 16
Action Double acting, Double rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa

CJ2W
Standard
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating Rubber bumper 0.15 MPa 0.1 MPa
pressure Air cushion — 0.1 MPa
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch:-10 °C to 60 °C

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Cushion Rubber bumper Rubber bumper/Air cushion

CJ2
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Rubber bumper 50 to 750 mm/s
Symbol Piston speed
Air cushion — 50 to 1000 mm/s
Double acting, Double rod, Rubber bumper Rubber bumper 0.012 J 0.035 J 0.090 J
Allowable kinetic
Air cushion 0.07 J 0.18 J

Double Acting, Single Rod


energy —
(Effective cushion length) (9.4 mm) (9.4 mm)

CJ2K
Stroke length tolerance +1.0

Non-rotating Rod
0

Air cushion Standard Strokes

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


[mm]

CJ2K
Bore size Standard stroke
6 15, 30, 45, 60
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Produced upon receipt of order.
∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
Made to Order ∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air Cylinders
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might
Symbol Specifications
not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

CJ2ZW
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape Mounting and Accessories/Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (-10 to 150 °C) …Mounted on the product. …Please order separately.
∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
Cold resistant cylinder (-40 to 70 °C)
-XB7 ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion   
Option Standard

Mounting nut

CJ2R
-XC22 Fluororubber seal ∗ Not available with air cushion Rod end nut   
Single knuckle joint   
-XC51 With hose nipple
Double knuckle joint∗

Direct Mount
  
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)   
-X446 PTFE grease ∗: A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with
Mounting Brackets/Part No.
auto switches.
Bore size [mm]
Mounting bracket
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection 6 10 16
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
at stroke end) and its mounting height Foot CJ-L006C CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting Flange CJ-F006C CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
• Operating range
Weights
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
[g]
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Rubber bumper Air cushion


Bore size [mm]
6 10 16 10 16
Precautions Basic weight
(When the stroke is zero)
Basic 25 29 56 36 61
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 3 4.5 7.5 4.5 7.5
Refer to page 121 before handling.
With End Lock

Mounting bracket Foot 16 16 50 16 50


CBJ2

weight Flange 5 5 13 5 13
Single knuckle joint — 17 23 17 23
Moisture Double knuckle joint
— 25 21 25 21
Control Tube Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Series IDK Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 1 2 1 2
Made to Order Auto Switch

Rod end cap (Round type) 1 1 2 1 2


When operating an actuator with a small diameter
and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew ∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the Calculation:
piping depending on the conditions. Example) CJ2WL10-45Z
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the 앫Basic weight ······················· 29 (Ø 10)
actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc- 앫Additional weight ················ 4.5/15 stroke
curring. For details, refer to the IDK series in the 앫Cylinder stroke···················· 45 stroke
catalogue on www.smc.eu. 앫Mounting bracket weight····· 16 (Foot)
29 + 4.5/15 x 45 + 16 = 58.5 g
24
Series CJ2W

Clean Series

10-CJ2W Mounting 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Clean Series

Specifications
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which Action Double acting, Double rod
discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the Bore size [mm] 10, 16
outside of clean room by relief port and making an
actuator’s rod section having a double seal construction. Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.1 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper
Standard stroke [mm] Same as standard type. (Refer to page 24.)
For the detailed specifications, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu. Auto switch Mountable (Band mounting)
Mounting Basic, Foot, Flange

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

With auto switch

25
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2W

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2
Ø6
Rubber bumper

CJ2W
Standard
!6 !5 K K i e !1 w u y !0 !8 y !8 !7 !9

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Double Acting, Single Rod
With auto switch

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
Ø 10, Ø 16
Rubber bumper

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
!6 !5 i K !1 w e u !0 y
t !7 r

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
With auto
switch

CJ2ZW
Ø 10, Ø 16
Air cushion

!4 !2 !6 e !5 i K o !1 w u !0 y !3

CJ2R
t !7 r

Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
With auto
switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK

Component Parts
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note


1A Rod cover Aluminium alloy 10 Piston seal NBR
1B Seal retainer Aluminium alloy Ø 6 only 11 Tube gasket NBR
2 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 12 Cushion needle Carbon steel
With End Lock

3 Piston rod Stainless steel 13 Cushion ring Aluminium alloy


CBJ2

4 Piston A Aluminium alloy 14 Needle seal NBR


5 Piston B Aluminium alloy 15 Mounting nut Rolled steel
6 Piston Aluminium alloy 16 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Bumper Urethane 17 Magnet —
Made to Order Auto Switch

8 Rod seal NBR 18 Spacer A Aluminium alloy Ø 6 only


9 Cushion seal NBR 19 Spacer B Aluminium alloy Ø 6 only

26
Series CJ2W

Basic (B)
CJ2WB6 – Stroke Z
 Mounting nut

Ø NDh8

Ø NDh8
Rod end nut
NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA NN
MM MM C
Ø
ØD

B –0.3
0
0
A F T NA NA T F A B–0.3
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2WB 10
16 –
Stroke Z

 Mounting nut
Ø NDh8
Ø NDh8

NN GA
Rod end nut GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NN MM Ø C
ØD

ØD
MM

B−0.3
0
A F NA NA F A 0
B−0.3
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

With air cushion: CJ2WB


10 – Stroke AZ
16

 Mounting nut
45°
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA
Rod end nut
Ø
C
B−0.3
0

NA NA 0
B−0.3
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

WA WA

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NDh8 NN S T Z
0 61 117
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 6–0.018 M6 x 1.0
(66)
3
(122)
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 8–0.022 M8 x 1.0 49 — 105
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 10–0.022 M10 x 1.0 50 — 106

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. ∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Bore size B C GA NA WA S Z
10 15 17 7.5 21 14.4 66 122
16 18.3 20 7.5 21 14.4 67 123
27
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2W

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Foot (L)

CJ2
CJ2WL6 – Stroke Z
 Mounting nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

ØD
Rod end nut A F GA View E GA F NN

CJ2W
Standard
NN
MM MM C
Ø

B –0.3

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0

CJ2
0
LT

LT
A B –0.3
X Y T NA NA T Y X
H S + Stroke H + Stroke View E

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Z + 2 x Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
4 x Ø LC
CJ2WL 10
16 –
Stroke Z Mounting hole

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
View E
NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA F NN Cover surface
MM MM
C

ØD

ØD
Ø

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
B−0.3
0

LY

CJ2Z
LB

Built-in Speed Controller


LH
0
B−0.3
LT

LT

LX
View E A F A LZ

CJ2ZW
X Y NA NA Y X
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2R
With air cushion: CJ2WL
10 – Stroke AZ
16

Direct Mount
 Mounting nut
Rod end nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
45° Cover surface
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA
C
Ø

−0.3
0

LB
B

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
0
B−0.3
NA NA View E
S + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

View E Z + 2 x Stroke
CJ2RK
With End Lock

WA WA
CBJ2

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NN S T X Y Z
61 117
Made to Order Auto Switch

6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 M6 x 1.0


(66)
3 5 7
(122)
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 M8 x 1.0 49 — 5 7 105
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 M10 x 1.0 50 — 6 9 106

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. ∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Bore size B C GA LB NA WA S Z
10 15 17 7.5 16.5 21 14.4 66 122
16 18.3 20 7.5 23 21 14.4 67 123
28
Series CJ2W

Flange (F)
CJ2WF6 – Stroke Z
 Mounting nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Rod end nut

Ø NDh8
NN GA View E GA NN Cover surface

C MM MM
ØD

Ø
B –0.3

FY
FB
0

FT
0
B–0.3 A F T NA NA T F A FX 2 x Ø FC
H S + Stroke H + Stroke FZ Mounting hole
View E
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2WF 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Rod end nut  Mounting nut

NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA NN Cover surface


MM MM
C

ØD

ØD
Ø

B−0.3

FY
FB
0

FT
0
B−0.3 A F NA NA F A
FX
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
FZ
Z + 2 x Stroke
2 x Ø FC
Mounting hole

With air cushion: CJ2WF


10 – Stroke AZ
16
 Mounting nut

Rod end nut


GA GA
45° Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 Cover surface
C
Ø

B−0.3

FB
0

0 NA NA
B−0.3
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

WA WA
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.
[mm]
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NN S T Z
61 117
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 M6 x 1.0
(66)
3
(122)
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 M8 x 1.0 49 — 105
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 M10 x 1.0 50 — 106

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. ∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Bore size B C GA FB NA WA S Z
10 15 17 7.5 14.5 21 14.4 66 122
16 18.3 20 7.5 19 21 14.4 67 123
29
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2 RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Ø 6, Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke [mm] Action

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 31. S Single acting, Spring return
T Single acting, Spring extendd

CJ2
CJ2 B 16 45 S Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2 B 16 45 S Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Mounting Pivot bracket

CJ2K
B Basic — None Made to Order
Pivot bracket is shipped together Refer to page 31 for details.
E Double-side bossed Bore size N
D Double clevis with the product, but not assembled. Auto switch
6 6 mm Auto switch mounting type
L Single foot 10 10 mm ∗: Only for CJ2D (double clevis) — Without auto switch
∗: Pivot bracket is shipped together A Rail mounting

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
M Double foot 16 16 mm ∗: For applicable auto
with the product, but not assembled. B

CJ2Z
Band mounting

Built-in Speed Controller


F Rod flange switches, refer to the
∗: Except Ø 6
G Head flange table below. ∗: For rail mounting, screws
Rod end bracket
∗: Foot/Flange brackets are shipped together with  Enter the auto switch and nuts for 2 auto switches
— None mounting type (A or B) come with the rail.
the product, but not assembled.
∗: Double clevis is only available for Ø 10 and Ø 16. V Single knuckle joint even when a built-in ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
switch mounting brackets.

CJ2ZW
W Double knuckle joint magnet cylinder
Head cover port location T Rod end cap (Flat type) without an auto switch ∗: Ø 6: Band mounting only
U is required.
∗: For double clevis, double Rod end cap (Round type)
Perpendicular Number of auto switches
side bossed, double foot — ∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together
and head flange, the port to axis with the product, but not assembled. — 2 pcs.
is located perpendicular ∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided S 1 pc.
to the cylinder axis.

CJ2R
R Axial
with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.
∗: Not applicable to single ∗: Ø 6: Except knuckle joint
acting, spring extend (T).
∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 31.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit


M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
CJ2RK

3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —



CBJ2

—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
30
Series CJ2

Spring extend
Specifications
Bore size [mm] 6 10 16
Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air
Spring return Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating Spring return 0.2 MPa 0.15 MPa
Symbol pressure Spring extend 0.25 MPa 0.15 MPa
Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend, Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.012 J 0.035 J 0.090 J
Made to Order
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) Standard Strokes Spring Reaction Force
Symbol Specifications
[mm]
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape Bore size Standard stroke Bore size Spring reaction force [N]
-XC22 Fluororubber seal 6 15, 30, 45, 60 [mm] Primary Secondary
-XC51 With hose nipple 10 15, 30, 45, 60 6 1.77 3.72
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 10 3.53 6.86
16 100, 125, 150
-X446 PTFE grease 16 6.86 14.2
-X773∗1 Short pitch mounting/Single acting, spring return ∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm Spring with primary Spring with secondary
increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.) mounting load mounting load
∗1: Ø 6 only
∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which IN OUT
exceed the standard stroke length.
Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with ∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to
auto switches. the usage. For details, refer to “Air Cylinders Model
Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products When the spring is set When the spring is
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection
that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to in the cylinder contracted by applying air
at stroke end) and its mounting height fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Bore size [mm]


Precautions Mounting bracket
Foot
6
CJ-L006C
10
CJ-L010C
16
CJ-L016C
Flange CJ-F006C CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
Refer to page 121 before handling.
T-bracket∗1 — CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
∗1: T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).

Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Mounting and Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
…Mounted on the product. …Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Cylinder model: CDJ2D16-45SZ-NW-M9BW-B Double∗ Double clevis
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Double clevis   
Standard

Mounting nut — —
Rod end nut     
Auto switch Clevis pin — — —  
Band mounting Single knuckle joint     
Double knuckle joint∗
Option

    
Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)     
T-bracket — — —  
∗: A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.
∗: Double clevis is only available for Ø 10 and Ø 16.
Pivot bracket
Moisture
Double knuckle joint Control Tube
Series IDK
Mounting D: Double clevis When operating an actuator with a small diameter and a
Pivot bracket N: Yes
short stroke at a high frequency, the dew condensation
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
(water droplet) may occur inside the piping depending
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
on the conditions.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the
∗: Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are actuator will prevent dew condensation from occurring.
shipped together with the product, but not assembled. For details, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu.

31
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Weights

CJ2
Spring Return [g]
Bore size [mm] 6 10 16
Double clevis Double clevis
Axial Head-side Axial Head-side Axial Head-side
Mounting Basic Basic (including Basic (including

CJ2W
Standard
piping bossed piping bossed piping bossed
clevis pin) clevis pin)
15 stroke 17 15 18 28 28 29 28 62 62 69 64
30 stroke 20 18 21 35 35 35 35 77 77 84 79
Basic weight

45 stroke 23 21 23 44 44 45 45 95 95 102 97

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


60 stroke 26 24 27 54 54 55 54 113 113 119 115

CJ2
75 stroke 134 134 141 136
100 stroke 167 167 174 169
125 stroke 204 204 212 206

Double Acting, Single Rod


150 stroke 227 227 234 229

CJ2K
bracket weight

Single foot 8 8 8 8 25
Mounting

Non-rotating Rod
Double foot 16 16 16 16 50
Rod flange 5 5 5 5 13
Head flange 5 5 5 5 13

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Single knuckle joint — — — 17 23

CJ2K
Double knuckle joint
— — — 25 21
Accessories

(including knuckle pin)


Rod end cap
1 1 1 1 2
(Flat type)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Rod end cap

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
1 1 1 1 2
(Round type)
T-bracket — — — 32 50
∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
∗: Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis, so the mounting nut weight is already subtracted.

CJ2ZW
Calculation:
Example) CJ2L10-45SZ
앫Basic weight ······················· 44 (Ø 10-45 stroke)
앫Mounting bracket weight····· 8 (Single foot)
44 + 8 = 52 g

CJ2R
Spring Extend [g]
Bore size [mm] 6 10 16

Direct Mount
Double clevis Double clevis
Head-side Axial Head-side Axial Head-side
Mounting Basic Basic (including Basic (including
bossed piping bossed piping bossed

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


clevis pin) clevis pin)

CJ2R
15 stroke 18 19 28 28 30 29 63 63 71 67
30 stroke 21 22 34 34 36 35 77 77 85 80
Basic weight

45 stroke 24 24 42 42 44 43 93 93 100 96
60 stroke 27 28 51 51 52 51 109 109 116 112

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
75 stroke 129 129 137 133
100 stroke 159 159 166 162
125 stroke 193 193 201 196
150 stroke 213 213 221 217
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
bracket weight

Single foot 8 8 8 25
CJ2RK
Mounting

Double foot 16 16 16 50
Rod flange 5 5 5 13
Head flange 5 5 5 13
Single knuckle joint — — 17 23
With End Lock

Double knuckle joint


CBJ2

— — 25 21
Accessories

(including knuckle pin)


Rod end cap
1 1 1 2
(Flat type)
Rod end cap
1 1 1 2
Made to Order Auto Switch

(Round type)
T-bracket — — 32 50
∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
∗: Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis, so the mounting nut weight is already subtracted.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2L10-45TZ
앫Basic weight ······················· 42 (Ø 10-45 stroke)
앫Mounting bracket weight····· 8 (Single foot)
42 + 8 = 50 g
32
Series CJ2

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


Single acting, Spring return

Ø6 ;     .  8 >   2  @ B  =

With auto switch

Ø 10, Ø 16   ;   .  8  >  2  @ B  =

With auto switch

Single acting, Spring extend

Ø6 ;       8 >   2  .  @ B  =

With auto switch

Ø 10, Ø 16  ;     8  >  2   . @ B  =

With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1A Rod cover Aluminium alloy 10 Piston seal NBR
1B Seal retainer Aluminium alloy Ø 6 only 11 Tube gasket NBR
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 12 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 13 Return spring Piano wire
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 14 Spring seat Aluminium alloy
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 15 Mounting nut Rolled steel
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 16 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 17 Magnet —
8 Bumper A Urethane 18 Rod seal NBR
9 Bumper B Urethane

33
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic (B)

CJ2
CJ2B6 – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

Ø NDh8

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
 Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8 GB

CJ2
12–0.3

Section Y Rod end nut NN Y


0

14

B–0.3

C
0
ØD
Ø detail MM

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
0
12–0.3
0 B–0.3

Non-rotating Rod
A F NA NB
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
8–0.3

Piping port M5 x 0.8


0

9
Ø

NC

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
0
8–0.3 SA + Stroke

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
ZA + Stroke

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)

CJ2ZW
CJ2B 10
16 –
Stroke S Head cover port location Z

CJ2R
Ø NDh8

Direct Mount
Y GB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


 Mounting nut

CJ2R
Piping port M5 x 0.8 Piping port M5 x 0.8
NN
C
ØD

Ø
MM
–0.3
0

Section Y detail
Double Acting, Single Rod
B

Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
0
Head cover port location Rod end nut NB B–0.3
A F NA
Axial location (R) H S + Stroke
∗: The overall cylinder length
Z + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

does not change.


CJ2RK

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
S
Bore
A B C D F GB H MM NA NB NC NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
With End Lock

size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
CBJ2

0 37 46 50 64
6 15 8 9 3 8 5 28 M3 x 0.5 3 9.5 7 6–0.018 M6 x 1.0
(42) (51) (55) (69)
— — — —
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 — 8 –0.022 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 — 10 –0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138
Made to Order Auto Switch

SA Z ZA
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
34.5 43.5 47.5 61.5 65 74 78 92 62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5
6 (39.5) (48.5) (52.5) (66.5)
— — — —
(70) (79) (83) (97)
— — — —
(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)
— — — —

10 — — — — — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — — — — — — — — —
16 — — — — — — — — 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166 — — — — — — — —
∗: ( ) in S, SA, Z and ZA dimensions: With auto switch
34
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double-side Bossed (E)


CJ2E6 – Stroke SZ

Ø NDh8
Ø NDh8

Section Y detail
Section YY detail
 Mounting nut Y GB YY
12–0.3

Rod end nut NN Piping port M5 x 0.8 NN


0

B–0.3
14

C
ØD

Ø MM

Ø
0
0
B–0.3
12–0.3 A F NA NB
H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

CJ2E 10
16 –
Stroke SZ
Ø NDh8

Ø NDh8
Y Piping port M5 x 0.8 GB YY
Section Y detail  Mounting nut
NN NN
MM
C
ØD

Section YY detail
B–0.3
0

0
Rod end nut B–0.3
A F NA NB
H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
S Z
Bore
size
A B C D F GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
0 37 46 50 64 73 82 86 100
6 15 8 9 3 8 5 28 M3 x 0.5 3 9.5 6–0.018 M6 x 1.0
(42) (51) (55) (69)
— — — —
(78) (87) (91) (105)
— — — —
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 8–0.022 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 81.5 89 101 113 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 10–0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 90 102 114 120 144 162 174
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

35
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Return: Single Foot (L)

CJ2
CJ2L6 – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut F Piping port M5 x 0.8 GB

CJ2W
Standard
Rod end nut NN
B–0.3

MM Cover surface
0

C 2 x Ø LC

ØD
Ø
Mounting hole

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


LY
LB
LH

CJ2
LT

0
B–0.3 X LX
A Y NA NB LZ

Double Acting, Single Rod


H S + Stroke

CJ2K
Z + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Piping port M5 x 0.8
8–0.3

9
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
NC
0
8–0.3 SA + Stroke
ZA + Stroke
Head cover port location

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Axial location (R)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
CJ2L 10
2 x Ø LC
16 –
Stroke S Head cover port location Z Mounting hole

CJ2ZW
NN
A F  Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8 GB
Cover surface
MM
C
Ø

ØD

CJ2R
B–0.3
0

LY
LB
LH

Direct Mount
LT

0 Rod end nut


B–0.3

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


NA NB LX

CJ2R
X Y LZ
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
S
Bore
A B C D F GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
With End Lock

size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
CBJ2

37 46 50 64
6 15 12 14 3 8 5 28 13 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 3 9.5 M6 x 1.0
(42) (51) (55) (69)
— — — —

10 15 12 14 4 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —


16 15 18.3 20 5 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138
Made to Order Auto Switch

SA Z ZA
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
34.5 43.5 47.5 61.5 65 74 78 92 62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5
6 (39.5) (48.5) (52.5) (66.5)
— — — — 5 7
(70) (79) (83) (97)
— — — —
(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)
— — — —

10 — — — — — — — — 5 7 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — — — — — — — — —
16 — — — — — — — — 6 9 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166 — — — — — — — —
∗: ( ) in S, SA, Z and ZA dimensions: With auto switch
36
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Foot (M)


CJ2M6 – Stroke SZ

H
F  Mounting nut GB F  Mounting nut
Rod end nut NN Piping port M5 x 0.8 NN 2 x Ø LC Cover surface
Mounting hole
ØD

MM

LY
LB
LH
LT

LT
LX
A Y NA NB Y X LZ
X S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

CJ2M 10
16 –
Stroke SZ
4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole
H
NN
A F  Mounting nut GB F Piping port M5 x 0.8
Cover surface
MM  Mounting nut
ØD

LY
LB
LH
LT

LT

Rod end nut NA NB LX


X Y Y X LZ
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
LS
Bore
size
A D F GB H LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ MM NA
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
51 60 64 78
6 15 3 8 5 28 13 4.5 9
(56) (65) (69) (83)
— — — — 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 3

10 15 4 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 59.5 67 79 91 — — — — 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 4.8


16 15 5 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 63.5 72 84 96 102 126 144 156 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 4.8

S Z
Bore
size
NB NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
37 46 50 64 77 86 90 104
6 9.5 M6 x 1.0
(42) (51) (55) (69)
— — — — 5 7
(82) (91) (95) (109)
— — — —

10 9.5 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 5 7 85.5 93 105 117 — — — —


16 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 88.5 97 109 121 127 151 169 181
∗: ( ) in LS, S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

37
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Flange (F)

CJ2
CJ2F6 – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8 GB

CJ2W
Standard
B–0.3

Rod end nut NN Cover surface


0

ØD
Ø MM

FY
FB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0 FT

CJ2
B–0.3 FX 2 x Ø FC
A F NA NB Mounting hole
FZ
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Piping port M5 x 0.8
8–0.3

Non-rotating Rod
9
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


NC

CJ2K
0
8–0.3
SA + Stroke
ZA + Stroke

Head cover port location

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Axial location (R)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
CJ2F 10
16 –
Stroke S Head cover port location Z 2 x Ø FC

CJ2ZW
GB Mounting hole
NN  Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8 Cover surface
MM
C

ØD
Ø
B–0.3

FY
FB
0

CJ2R
Rod end nut

Direct Mount
0
B–0.3 FT FX
A F NA NB FZ

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


H S + Stroke

CJ2R
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
S
Bore
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H MM NA NB NC NN5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
With End Lock

size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
CBJ2

37 46 50 64
6 15 12 14 3 8 11 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M3 x 0.5 3 9.5 7 M6 x 1.0
(42) (51) (55) (69)
— — — —

10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 — M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —


16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 — M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138
Made to Order Auto Switch

SA Z ZA
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
34.5 43.5 47.5 61.5 65 74 78 92 62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5
6 (39.5) (48.5) (52.5) (66.5)
— — — —
(70) (79) (83) (97)
— — — —
(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)
— — — —

10 — — — — — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — — — — — — — — —
16 — — — — — — — — 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166 — — — — — — — —
∗: ( ) in S, SA, Z and ZA dimensions: With auto switch
38
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Head Flange (G)


CJ2G6 – Stroke SZ

GB  Mounting nut
Cover surface Rod end nut NN Piping port M5 x 0.8 NN

B–0.3
MM

ØD

0
C
Ø
FY
FB

0
A F NA NB FT B–0.3
FX 2 x Ø FC H S + Stroke F
FZ Mounting hole Z + Stroke

CJ2G 10
16 –
Stroke SZ
GB
Cover surface Piping port M5 x 0.8
NN  Mounting nut
MM

C
ØD

Ø
B–0.3
FY
FB

0
FX 2 x Ø FC A F NA NB FT 0
Mounting hole B–0.3
FZ H S + Stroke F
Rod end nut
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore
size
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H MM NA NB NN

6 15 8 9 3 8 11 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M3 x 0.5 3 9.5 M6 x 1.0

10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M8 x 1.0


16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0
S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
37 46 50 64 73 82 86 100
6 (42) (51) (55) (69)
— — — —
(78) (87) (91) (105)
— — — —

10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 81.5 89 101 113 — — — —


16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 81.5 90 102 114 120 144 162 174
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

39
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis (D)

CJ2
CJ2D 10
16 –
Stroke SZ

NB Ø CDH9+0.030

CJ2W
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Standard
0
−0.030
MM Rod end nut GB Clevis pin (Ø cdd9−0.060)

C
C
ØD

Ø
Ø
CZ−0.3

B−0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
CX+0.2 A NA 0
+0.1 B−0.3
0 H S + Stroke U
CZ −0.3
Z + Stroke R

Double Acting, Single Rod


ZZ + Stroke

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
[mm]

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


S

CJ2K
Bore size A B C CD CX CZ D GB H MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 3.3 3.2 12 4 18 20 M4 x 0.7 4.8 22.5 5 8 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 23 20 M5 x 0.8 4.8 27.5 8 10 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — 78.5 86 98 110 — — — —
16 75.5 84 96 108 114 138 156 168 83.5 92 104 116 122 146 164 176

CJ2ZW
∗: A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

40
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic (B)


CJ2B6 – Stroke TZ

Ø NDh8
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
MM NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
C
8–0.3

ØD
0

Ø
9
Ø

B–0.3
0
0
8–0.3 T 0
B–0.3
A F NA NB
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2B 10
16 –
Stroke TZ
Ø NDh8

 Mounting nut
Y
Section Y
Rod end nut NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8
detail
MM

C
ØD

Ø
B–0.3
0
0
B–0.3
A F NA NB
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NB NDh8 NN T

6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 0
6–0.018 M6 x 1.0 3

10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 8 0


–0.022 M8 x 1.0 —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 0
10–0.022 M10 x 1.0 —

S Z
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5
6 (51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5)
— — — —
(79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)
— — — —

10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —


16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

41
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double-side Bossed (E)

CJ2
CJ2E6 – Stroke TZ

Ø NDh8
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

CJ2W
Standard
MM NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
C
ØD Ø

B–0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
T
0
A F NA NB B–0.3
H + Stroke S + Stroke F

Double Acting, Single Rod


Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
CJ2E 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Ø NDh8
Ø NDh8

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller

CJ2ZW
Section Y detail
Section YY
Rod end nut  Mounting nut Y GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 YY detail
MM NN NN

C
ØD

CJ2R
B–0.3
0

Direct Mount
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


A F NA NB B–0.3

CJ2R
H + Stroke S + Stroke F
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

[mm]
CJ2RK

Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NB NDh8 NN

6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 0
6–0.018 M6 x 1.0
With End Lock

10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 8 0


M8 x 1.0
CBJ2

–0.022

16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 0


10–0.022 M10 x 1.0
S Z
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
Made to Order Auto Switch

46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 82.5 91.5 95.5 109.5


6 (51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5)
— — — —
(87.5) (96.5) (100.5) (114.5)
— — — —

10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —


16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 84.5 93 105 117 123 147 165 177
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

42
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Single Foot (L)


CJ2L6 – Stroke TZ
2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

Rod end nut  Mounting nut

MM NN F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8


Cover surface
C 9

ØD
Ø Ø
B–0.3

8 –0.3

LY
0

LB
LH
LT
0 0
B–0.3 8 –0.3 A NB LX
X Y T NA LZ
Rod cover side Head cover side
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2L 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

 Mounting nut
Rod end nut NN F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8
Cover surface
MM
C

ØD
Ø
B−0.3
0

LY
LB
LH
0
B−0.3
LT

A NA NB LX
X Y LZ
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore size A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN T

6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3

10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0 —


16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0 —

S Z
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5
6 (51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5)
— — — — 5 7
(79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)
— — — —

10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 5 7 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —


16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

43
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Foot (M)

CJ2
CJ2M6 – Stroke TZ
4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

CJ2W
Standard
H + Stroke
 Mounting nut
MM Rod end nut NN F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 F  Mounting nut
Cover surface

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


ØD

CJ2
LY
LB
LH

Double Acting, Single Rod


LT

LT
T NB

CJ2K
LX
A X Y NA Y X LZ

Non-rotating Rod
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2M 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

CJ2ZW
H + Stroke
 Mounting nut F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 F  Mounting nut
Cover surface
MM Rod end nut NN
ØD

CJ2R
LY
LB

Direct Mount
LH
LT

LT

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


A NA NB LX

CJ2R
X Y Y X LZ
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
LS
Bore
A D F GA H LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ MM
With End Lock

size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
CBJ2

60.5 69.5 73.5 87.5


6 15 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9
(65.5) (74.5) (78.5) (101.5)
— — — — 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5

10 15 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 62.5 70 82 94 — — — — 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7


16 15 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 66.5 75 87 99 105 129 147 159 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8
Made to Order Auto Switch

S Z
Bore
size
NA NB NN
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 86.5 95.5 99.5 113.5
6 16 3 M6 x 1.0
(51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5)
— — — — 5 7
(91.5) (100.5) (104.5) (118.5)
— — — —

10 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 5 7 88.5 96 108 120 — — — —


16 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 91.5 100 112 124 130 154 172 184
∗: ( ) in LS, S and Z dimensions: With auto switch
44
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Head Flange (G)


CJ2G6 – Stroke TZ

Rod end nut

Ø NDh8
Cover surface MM NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8  Mounting nut
C

ØD
Ø

B–0.3
FY
FB

0
0
FX 2 x Ø FC T FT B–0.3
FZ Mounting A F NA NB
hole
H + Stroke S + Stroke F
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2G 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

Cover surface Rod end nut NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8  Mounting nut
MM

C
ØD

Ø
B–0.3
FY
FB

0
2 x Ø FC 0
FX B–0.3
Mounting A FT
FZ hole F NA NB
H + Stroke S + Stroke F
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore
size
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NB NN

6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0

10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0


16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 82.5 91.5 95.5 109.5
6 (51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5)
— — — —
(87.5) (96.5) (100.5) (114.5)
— — — —

10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —


16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 84.5 93 105 117 123 147 165 177
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

45
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Flange (F)

CJ2
CJ2F6 – Stroke TZ
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
2 x Ø LC
MM NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 Cover surface

CJ2W
Standard
Mounting hole
C 9
Ø

ØD
Ø
B–0.3

8 –0.3

FY
FB
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
0 0
B–0.3 8–0.3 A FT NB FX
F T NA FZ
Rod cover side Head cover side H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
CJ2F 10

Non-rotating Rod
16 –
Stroke TZ
 Mounting nut 4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole Cover surface
NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


MM Rod end nut
C

CJ2K
ØD
Ø
B−0.3

FY
FB
0

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
0 A FT NB
B−0.3 FX

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
F NA
FZ
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2ZW
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.
[mm]
S Z
Bore
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NB NN T 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3 — — — — — — — —

CJ2R
(51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5) (79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0 — 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —

Direct Mount
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0 — 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
∗: ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Clevis (D)
CJ2D 10
16 –
Stroke TZ
Ø CDH9+0.0300
−0.030

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
Clevis pin (Ø cdd9−0.060)
GA

CJ2RK
Rod end nut Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB
C MM
C
ØD

Ø
Ø
CZ−0.3

B−0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2RK

CX+0.2 A NA 0
+0.1 B−0.3
0 H + Stroke S + Stroke U
CZ −0.3
Z + 2 x Stroke R
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
With End Lock

CBJ2

∗: A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


[mm]
S
Bore size A B C CD CX CZ D GA H MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd)
Made to Order Auto Switch

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st


10 15 12 14 3.3 3.2 12 4 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 17.8 5 8 48.5 56 68 80 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 22.8 8 10 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 84.5 92 104 116 — — — — 89.5 97 109 121 — — — —
16 86.5 95 107 119 125 149 167 179 94.5 103 115 127 133 157 175 187
46
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2K RoHS

Ø 10, Ø 16
How to Order
Bore size Cylinder standard stroke [mm]
10 10 mm Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 48.
16 16 mm

CJ2K B 16 60 Z
With auto switch CDJ2K B 16 60 Z M9BW B
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)
Mounting Made to Order
Pivot bracket
B Basic Refer to page 48 for details.
— None
E Double-side bossed
Pivot bracket is shipped together Auto switch
D Double clevis N with the product, but not assembled.
L Single foot Auto switch mounting type
∗: Foot/Flange brackets ∗: Only for CJ2D (double clevis)
M Double foot — Without auto switch A Rail mounting
are shipped together ∗: Pivot bracket is shipped together
F Rod fl ange with the product, but ∗: For applicable auto
B Band mounting
with the product, but not assembled.
G Head flange not assembled. switches, refer to the ∗: For rail mounting, screws
table below. and nuts for 2 auto
Head cover port location Rod end bracket switches come with the rail.
 Enter the auto switch
— None mounting type (A or B) ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
Perpendicular
— V Single knuckle joint even when a built-in switch mounting brackets.
to axis
W Double knuckle joint magnet cylinder without
T Rod end cap (Flat type) an auto switch is required. Number of auto switches
R Axial U Rod end cap (Round type) — 2 pcs.
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled. S 1 pc.
∗: For double clevis, double side bossed, double foot and head ∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.
flange, the port is located perpendicular to the cylinder axis.
∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 48.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —

—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
47
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Specifications

CJ2
A cylinder which rod does not
Bore size [mm] 10 16
rotate because of the hexagonal
Action Double acting, Single rod
rod shape. Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Non-rotating accuracy
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Ø 10: ±1.5°, Ø 16: ±1°
Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Can operate without
Without auto switch: -10°C to 70 °C
lubrication. Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: -10°C to 60 °C

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°

Double Acting, Single Rod


Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s

CJ2K
Symbol Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Non-rotating Rod
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Standard Strokes

CJ2K
[mm]
Bore size Standard stroke
Made to Order 10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.)
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Symbol Specifications
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape ∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
-XC3 Special port location ∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

CJ2ZW
-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type
-XC22 Fluororubber seal
-XC51 With hose nipple Mounting and Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
…Mounted on the product. …Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
-X446 PTFE grease
Double∗1 Double clevis

CJ2R
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Precautions   

Direct Mount
Mounting nut — —
Standard

Rod end nut     


 

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to page 121 before handling. Clevis pin — — —

CJ2R
Single knuckle joint     
Double knuckle joint∗1
Option

    
Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)     
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly T-bracket — — —  

Double Acting, Single Rod


∗1: A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint. Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
Cylinder model: CDJ2KD16-60Z-NW-M9BW-B
CJ2RK
Double clevis
Mounting Brackets/Part No.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Bore size [mm]


Double knuckle joint Mounting bracket
10 16
Foot CJ-L016C CJK-L016C
With End Lock

Flange CJ-F016C CJK-F016C


CBJ2

T-bracket∗1 CJ-T010C CJ-T016C


Pivot bracket
∗1: T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Auto switch
Band mounting
Made to Order Auto Switch

Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.


Mounting D: Double clevis
Pivot bracket N: Yes • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
∗: Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are
shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

48
Series CJ2K

Weights
[g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16
Basic 25 47
Basic weight
Axial piping 25 47
(When the stroke
Double clevis (including clevis pin) 27 55
is zero)
Head-side bossed 29 50
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single foot 8 25
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 50
weight Rod flange 5 13
Head flange 5 13
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
(including knuckle pin)
Accessories
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
T-bracket 32 50
∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
∗: Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double clevis.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2KL10-45Z
¡Basic weight ······················ 25 (Ø 10)
¡Additional weight ··············· 4/15 stroke
¡Cylinder stroke ·················· 45 stroke
¡Mounting bracket weight ··· 8 (Single foot)
25 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 45 g

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

  8 :  . ;  >  2 @ B  =

Rod section
With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 9 Rod seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 10 Piston seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Tube gasket NBR
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Wear ring Resin
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 13 Mounting nut Rolled steel
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 14 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 15 Magnet —
8 Bumper Urethane

49
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Basic (B)

CJ2
CJ2KB 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

Ø NDh8

CJ2W
Standard
 Mounting nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Y

CJ2
Section Y detail NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB

A
C
Rod end nut

Double Acting, Single Rod


BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

CJ2K
KA

Non-rotating Rod
MM
B
C

0 0
BB−0.3 A F NA NB BA−0.3
Ø

Rod section
H S + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)

CJ2ZW
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

 Refer to page 22 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for Ø 10, SNKJ-016C for Ø 16)
[mm]
Bore size A BA BB CA CB F GA GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN S Z
0
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 46 74

CJ2R
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 47 75

Direct Mount
Double-side Bossed (E)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2KE 10

CJ2R
16 –
Stroke Z
Ø NDh8

Ø NDh8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Y YY Section YY detail
Section Y detail GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
 Mounting nut
NN
C

Rod end nut NN


Ø

With End Lock

CBJ2
B−0.3
0
KA

MM
0
NB B−0.3
Rod section A F NA
Made to Order Auto Switch

H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

 Refer to page 22 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for Ø 10, SNKJ-016C for Ø 16)
[mm]
Bore size A B C F GA GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN S Z
0
10 15 15 17 8 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 46 82
0
16 15 18.3 20 8 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 47 83
50
Series CJ2K

Double Clevis (D)


CJ2KD 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NB Ø CDH9+0.030


0
Rod end nut GA −0.030
Clevis pin (Ø cdd9−0.060)
GB

A
B MM

C
C

Ø
Ø

BA−0.3
BB−0.3

0
0

KA
CX+0.2
+0.1 A NA 0
BA−0.3
0
BB −0.3 H S + Stroke U Rod section
Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

∗: A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


[mm]
Bore size A BA BB CA CB CD(cd) CX GA GB H KA MM NA NB R S U Z ZZ
10 15 15 12 17 14 3.3 3.2 8 18 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 22.5 5 46 8 82 87
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 5 6.5 8 23 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 27.5 8 47 10 85 93

Single Foot (L)


CJ2KL 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole
View E
F GA  Mounting nut
Rod end nut
NN Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
Cover surface
A

MM
C
Ø
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

LY
LB
LH
KA
B

0 0
BB−0.3 BA−0.3
C

LT

Rod section
Ø

LX
A LZ
NB
View E
X Y NA
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

 Refer to page 22 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for Ø 10, SNKJ-016C for Ø 16)
[mm]
Bore size A BA BB CA CB F GA GB H KA LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S X Y Z
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 6 9 74
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 6 9 75

51
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Double Foot (M)

CJ2
CJ2KM 10
16 –
Stroke Z
4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

CJ2W
Standard
H  Mounting nut
Rod end nut F GA
NN GB F  Mounting nut Cover surface
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
MM

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


NN

CJ2
LY
LB
LH
KA

Double Acting, Single Rod


LT

LT
LX
Rod section

CJ2K
A LZ

Non-rotating Rod
X Y NA NB Y X
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Z + Stroke

 Refer to page 22 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for Ø 10, SNKJ-016C for Ø 16)
[mm]

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Bore size A F GA GB H KA LB LC LH LS LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S X Y Z

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15 8 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 64 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 6 9 89
16 15 8 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 65 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 6 9 90

Rod Flange (F)

CJ2ZW
CJ2KF 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z
View E 2 x Ø FC
 Mounting nut Mounting hole

CJ2R
NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB Cover surface
Rod end nut
A
C

Direct Mount
Ø
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

FY
FB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
KA

MM
B

0
C

0
BB−0.3 BA−0.3 FX
Ø

FT Rod section FZ
A F NA NB
View E

Double Acting, Single Rod


H S + Stroke Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8


Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Head cover port location


With End Lock

Axial location (R)


CBJ2

∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

 Refer to page 22 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for Ø 10, SNKJ-016C for Ø 16)
[mm]
Made to Order Auto Switch

Bore size A BA BB CA CB F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H KA MM NA NB NN S Z
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 74
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 75

52
Series CJ2K

Head Flange (G)


CJ2KG 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Cover surface NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB  Mounting nut


Rod end nut NN

B−0.3
FY
FB

0
KA
MM

C
FX A F NA NB FT

Ø
0
2 x Ø FC B−0.3
FZ H S + Stroke F Rod section
Mounting
hole Z + Stroke

 Refer to page 22 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for Ø 10, SNKJ-016C for Ø 16)
[mm]
Bore size A B C F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H KA MM NA NB NN S Z
10 15 15 17 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 82
16 15 18.3 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 83

53
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2K RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke [mm] Action
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 55.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


S Single acting, Spring return
rn
T Single acting, Spring extend

CJ2
CJ2K B 16 45 S Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2K B 16 45 S Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Pivot bracket Made to Order

CJ2K
Mounting Refer to page 55 for details.
B Basic Bore size — None
E Double-side bossed Pivot bracket is shipped together
10 10 mm N with the product, but not assembled. Auto switch Auto switch
D Double clevis
16 16 mm mounting type
L ∗: Only for CJ2D (double clevis) — Without auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Single foot
∗: Foot/Flange brackets ∗: Pivot bracket is shipped together A Rail mounting
M ∗: For applicable auto

CJ2Z
Double foot

Built-in Speed Controller


are shipped together with the product, but not assembled. switches, refer to B Band mounting
F Rod flange with the product, but
G Head flange not assembled.
the table below. ∗: For rail mounting, screws
Rod end bracket  Enter the auto switch and nuts for 2 auto switches
Head cover port location — None mounting type (A or come with the rail.
V Single knuckle joint B) even when a built- ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto

CJ2ZW
Perpendicular W Double knuckle joint in magnet cylinder switch mounting brackets.
— without an auto
to axis T Rod end cap (Flat type)
switch is required. Number of auto switches
U Rod end cap (Round type)
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not
— 2 pcs.
R Axial
assembled. S 1 pc.
∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
∗: For double clevis, double side bossed, double foot and head flange, the
port is located perpendicular to the cylinder axis.
∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 55.
∗: Not applicable to single acting, spring extend (T).

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit


M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
CJ2RK

3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —



CBJ2

—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
54
Series CJ2K

Specifications
A cylinder which rod does not
rotate because of the hexagonal Bore size [mm] 10 16
rod shape. Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air
Non-rotating accuracy Proof pressure 1 MPa
Ø 10: ±1.5°, Ø 16: ±1° Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Can operate without Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa
lubrication. Ambient and fluid temperature
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
(No freezing)
With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
Spring
extend Cushion Rubber bumper (standard equipment)
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Spring return Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend,
Standard Strokes Spring Reaction Force
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper [mm]
Bore size Standard stroke Bore size Spring reaction force [N]
[mm] Primary Secondary
10 15, 30, 45, 60
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 10 3.53 6.86
16 6.86 14.2
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm
increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.) Spring with primary Spring with secondary
Made to Order ∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which mounting load mounting load
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) exceed the standard stroke length.
IN OUT
∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed
Symbol Specifications
according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In
-XC51 With hose nipple addition, the products that exceed the standard When the spring is set When the spring is
stroke might not be able to fulfill the in the cylinder contracted by applying air
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
specifications due to the deflection etc.
-X446 PTFE grease

Mounting and Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
Precautions …Mounted on the product. …Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Double∗1 Double clevis
Refer to page 121 before handling. Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Mounting nut    — —
Standard

Rod end nut     


Clevis pin — — —  
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Single knuckle joint     
Double knuckle joint∗1
Option

    
Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)     
T-bracket — — —  
Cylinder model: CDJ2KD16-45SZ-NW-M9BW-B
∗1: A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.
Double clevis

Auto switch Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Band mounting
Bore size [mm]
Mounting bracket
10 16
Foot CJ-L016C CJK-L016C
Flange CJ-F016C CJK-F016C
Pivot bracket T-bracket∗1 CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
∗1: T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Double knuckle joint

Mounting D: Double clevis Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.
Pivot bracket N: Yes
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
∗: Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are
shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

55
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Weights

CJ2
Spring Return [g] Spring Extend [g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16 Bore size [mm] 10 16
Double Double Double Double
Head- Head- Head- Head-
Axial clevis Axial clevis Axial clevis Axial clevis

CJ2W
Standard
Mounting Basic side Basic side Mounting Basic side Basic side
piping (including piping (including piping (including piping (including
bossed bossed bossed bossed
clevis pin) clevis pin) clevis pin) clevis pin)
15 stroke 30 30 30 31 64 64 70 66 15 stroke 29 29 31 31 64 64 72 69
30 stroke 38 38 38 39 79 79 86 81 30 stroke 35 35 37 38 79 79 86 83

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Basic weight

Basic weight
45 stroke 48 48 48 49 97 97 104 99 45 stroke 44 44 46 46 95 95 103 99

CJ2
60 stroke 58 58 58 59 116 116 122 118 60 stroke 52 52 54 55 111 111 119 115
75 stroke 138 138 144 140 75 stroke 133 133 140 137
100 stroke 171 171 178 173 100 stroke 163 163 170 167

Double Acting, Single Rod


125 stroke 209 209 215 211 125 stroke 198 198 206 202

CJ2K
150 stroke 232 232 238 234 150 stroke 219 219 227 223

Non-rotating Rod
bracket weight

bracket weight
Single foot 8 25 Single foot 8 25
Mounting

Mounting
Double foot 16 50 Double foot 16 50
Rod flange 5 13 Rod flange 5 13

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Head flange 5 13 Head flange 5 13

CJ2K
Single knuckle joint 17 23 Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
25 21 25 21
(including knuckle pin) (including knuckle pin)
Accessories

Accessories

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Rod end cap Rod end cap
1 2 1 2
(Flat type) (Flat type)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Rod end cap Rod end cap
1 2 1 2
(Round type) (Round type)
T-bracket 32 50 T-bracket 32 50
∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight. ∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.

CJ2ZW
∗: Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double clevis. ∗: Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double clevis.
Calculation: Calculation:
Example) CJ2KL10-45SZ Example) CJ2KL10-45TZ
앫Basic weight ······················· 48 (Ø 10) 앫Basic weight ······················· 44 (Ø 10)
앫Cylinder stroke···················· 45 stroke 앫Cylinder stroke···················· 45 stroke
앫Mounting bracket weight····· 8 (Single foot) 앫Mounting bracket weight····· 8 (Single foot)

CJ2R
48 + 8 = 56 g 44 + 8 = 52 g

Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

56
Series CJ2K

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


Single acting, Spring return

  ; :  .  2 8 >   @
B  =

Rod section
With auto switch

Single acting, Spring extend

 ;  :  2 8 >    . @
B  =

Rod section
With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 10 Tube gasket NBR
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 11 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 12 Return spring Piano wire
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 13 Spring seat Aluminium alloy
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 14 Mounting nut Rolled steel
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 15 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 16 Magnet —
8 Bumper Urethane 17 Rod seal NBR
9 Piston seal NBR

57
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic (B)

CJ2
CJ2KB 10
16 –
Stroke S Head cover port location Z

Ø NDh8
Piping port M5 x 0.8

CJ2W
Standard
Head cover port location

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Axial location (R)

CJ2
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

GB
Section Y detail
Y  Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


B Rod end nut

A
C NN

CJ2K
Ø

Ø
MM

Non-rotating Rod
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

0
KA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0

CJ2K
0
BB−0.3 BA−0.3
A F NA NB Rod section
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.
[mm]
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2ZW
0
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double-side Bossed (E)

CJ2R
CJ2KE 10
16 –
Stroke SZ

Direct Mount
Ø NDh8
Ø NDh8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Section Y detail Y GB YY Section YY detail
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Rod end nut NN  Mounting nut NN


CJ2RK

Piping port M5 x 0.8


B

MM
C

C
Ø

Ø
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

0
KA

With End Lock

CBJ2

0 0
BB−0.3 BA−0.3
A F NA NB F Rod section
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
0
10 15 15 15 17 17 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 81.5 89 101 113 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 81.5 90 102 114 120 144 162 174

58
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis (D)


CJ2KD 10
16 –
Stroke SZ

Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB Ø CDH9+0.030


−0
−0.030
MM GB Clevis pin (Ø cdd9−0.060)
Rod end nut

A
B

C
C

Ø
Ø
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

0
KA
CX+0.2
+0.1 A NA 0
0 BA−0.3
BB−0.3 H S + Stroke U Rod section
Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

∗: A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


[mm]
S
Bore size A BA BB CA CB CD CX GB H KA MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 12 14 14 3.3 3.2 18 20 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 22.5 5 8 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 5 6.5 23 20 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 27.5 8 10 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — 78.5 86 98 110 — — — —
16 75.5 84 96 108 114 138 156 168 83.5 92 104 116 122 146 164 176

Single Acting, Spring Return: Single Foot (L)


CJ2KL 10
16 –
Stroke S Head cover port location Z
Piping port M5 x 0.8

2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

View E GB
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
F Piping port M5 x 0.8
B NN Cover surface
A

C
C

Ø MM
Ø
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

LY
LB
LH
KA

0
BA−0.3
LT

0
BB−0.3 NB LX
Rod section
A LZ
X Y NA View E
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
size

10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0


16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 6 9 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

59
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Foot (M)

CJ2
CJ2KM 10
16 –
Stroke SZ 4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

CJ2W
GB F

Standard
Rod end nut  Mounting nut  Mounting nut
F
NN Piping port M5 x 0.8 Cover surface
MM

LY
LB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


LH
KA

CJ2
LT

LT
NB Rod section LX
A LZ

Double Acting, Single Rod


X Y NA Y X

CJ2K
S + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


[mm]
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

CJ2K
LS
Bore
A F GB H LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ KA MM NA NB NN
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10 15 8 5 28 21.5 5.5 14 63.5 71 83 95 — — — — 2.3 33 25 42 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0

CJ2Z
16 15 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 63.5 72 84 96 102 126 144 156 2.3 33 25 42 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0

Built-in Speed Controller


S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2ZW
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 6 9 88.5 96 108 120 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 88.5 97 109 121 127 151 169 181

Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Flange (F)


CJ2KF 10

CJ2R
16 –
Stroke S Head cover port location Z

Direct Mount
GB 2 x Ø FC
Rod end nut View E  Mounting nut Mounting hole
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Cover surface
A

MM NN
C

CJ2R
Ø
BB−0.3

−0.3
0

FY
FB
BA
KA

B
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
C 0 FT
BB−0.3

CJ2RK
0
Ø NB BA−0.3
A F NA
Rod section FX
H S + Stroke
View E FZ
Z + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Piping port M5 x 0.8


CJ2RK
With End Lock

Head cover port location


CBJ2

Axial location (R)


∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Made to Order Auto Switch

S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H KA MM NA NB 5 to NN 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

60
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Return: Head Flange (G)


CJ2KG 10
16 –
Stroke SZ

GB Piping port M5 x 0.8


Rod end nut
Cover surface
NN  Mounting nut
MM

C
Ø
B−0.3
FY
FB

0
KA
FX 2 x Ø FC A F NA NB FT 0
B−0.3
FZ Mounting H S + Stroke F Rod section
hole
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore
A B C F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H KA MM NA NB NN
size

10 15 15 17 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0


16 15 18.3 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 81.5 89 101 113 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 81.5 90 102 114 120 144 162 174

61
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic (B)

CJ2
CJ2KB 10
16 –
Stroke TZ Ø NDh8

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2
 Mounting nut
Section Y detail
NN Y
GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


MM Rod end nut

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
C BB−0.3

A BA−0.3
0

0
KA
B

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0 0

C
BB−0.3 BA−0.3
Ø

CJ2K
Ø
A F NA NB Rod
H + Stroke S + Stroke section
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

Built-in Speed Controller


[mm]
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GA H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
0

CJ2ZW
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 12−0.022 M12 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double-side Bossed (E)

CJ2R
CJ2KE 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

Direct Mount
Ø NDh8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Ø NDh8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
 Mounting nut
Section Y detail Y Section YY detail
NN YY
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

GA Piping port M5 x 0.8


CJ2RK

MM Rod end nut NN


B BB−0.3

A BA−0.3
0

0
KA

With End Lock

0
CBJ2

BB−0.3
C

0
BA−0.3
Ø

A F NA NB F Rod
H + Stroke S + Stroke section
Z + 2 x Stroke
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GA H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
0
10 15 15 15 17 17 8 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 84.5 93 105 117 123 147 165 177

62
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Clevis (D)


CJ2KD 10
16 –
Stroke TZ
Ø CDH9+0.030
0
GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB Clevis pin (Ø cdd9−0.060)
−0.030
Rod end nut

A
MM

C
Ø
BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

0
KA
CX+0.2 A NA
B

+0.1
C

0
0
H + Stroke S + Stroke U BA−0.3
Ø

BB
−0.3 Rod section
Z + 2 x Stroke R
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

∗ A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


[mm]
S
Bore size A BA BB CA CB CD CX GA H KA MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 15 12 17 14 3.3 3.2 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 17.8 5 8 48.5 56 68 80 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 5 6.5 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 22.8 8 10 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 84.5 92 104 116 — — — — 89.5 97 109 121 — — — —
16 86.5 95 107 119 125 149 167 179 94.5 103 115 127 133 157 175 187

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Single Foot (L)


CJ2KL 10
16 –
Stroke TZ
2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

View E  Mounting nut

NN F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8


Rod end nut Cover surface
A

MM
C
Ø
BA−0.3
BB−0.3

0
0

LY
LB
LH
KA
CB

0 0
BB−0.3 BA−0.3
Ø

LT

Rod LX
A X Y NA NB section LZ
View E
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore size A BA BB CA CB F GA H KA LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size X Y
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 6 9 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

63
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Foot (M)

CJ2
CJ2KM 10
16 –
Stroke TZ
4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

CJ2W
Standard
H + Stroke  Mounting nut
NN F GA
Piping port M5 x 0.8 F  Mounting nut Cover surface
MM Rod end nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
LY
LB
LH
KA
LT

LT
LX
Rod

Double Acting, Single Rod


A X Y NA NB Y X LZ

CJ2K
section
S + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
LS + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.
[mm]
LS
Bore size A F GA H KA LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15 8 8 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 66.5 74 86 98 — — — — 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
16 15 8 8 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 66.5 75 87 99 105 129 147 159 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to

CJ2ZW
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 6 9 91.5 99 111 123 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 91.5 100 112 124 130 154 172 184

CJ2R
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Flange (F)

Direct Mount
CJ2KF 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


2 x Ø FC

CJ2R
 Mounting nut
View E Mounting hole
NN GA
Piping port M5 x 0.8 Cover surface
Rod end nut
A

MM
C
Ø

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
B BB−0.3

BA−0.3
0

FY
FB
KA

FT
C

0
0
BB−0.3 BA−0.3 FX
Ø

A F NA NB Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

FZ
CJ2RK

H + Stroke S + Stroke section View E


Z + 2 x Stroke
With End Lock

CBJ2

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore size A BA BB CA CB F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H KA MM NA NB NN
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
Made to Order Auto Switch

16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

64
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Head Flange (G)


CJ2KG 10
16 –
Stroke TZ

Cover surface NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8  Mounting nut


MM Rod end nut

C
Ø
B−0.3
FY
FB

0
KA
2 x Ø FC 0
FT Rod B−0.3
FX Mounting
hole A F NA NB section
FZ
H + Stroke S + Stroke F
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]

Bore size A B C F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H KA MM NA NB NN
10 15 15 17 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
16 15 18.3 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 84.5 93 105 117 123 147 165 177

65
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2Z RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Bore size Cylinder standard stroke [mm]

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 67.
10 10 mm

CJ2
16 16 mm

CJ2Z B 16 60 Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2Z B 16 60 Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Pivot bracket

CJ2K
Mounting Made to Order
— None
B Basic
Pivot bracket is shipped together Refer to page 67 for details.
E Double-side bossed N with the product, but not assembled.
D Double clevis Auto switch Auto switch mounting type
∗: Only for CJ2D (double clevis)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
L Single foot
∗: Pivot bracket is shipped together — Without auto switch A Rail mounting
∗: Foot/Flange brackets

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
M Double foot
are shipped together with the product, but not assembled. ∗: For applicable auto B Band mounting
F Rod flange with the product, but switches, refer to the ∗: For rail mounting, screws
G Head flange not assembled. Rod end bracket table below. and nuts for 2 auto
— None  Enter the auto switch switches come with the rail.
Head cover port location V Single knuckle joint mounting type (A or B) ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto

CJ2ZW
W Double knuckle joint even when a built-in switch mounting brackets.
Perpendicular magnet cylinder without
— to axis T Rod end cap (Flat type)
an auto switch is required. Number of auto switches
U Rod end cap (Round type)
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not
— 2 pcs.
R Axial assembled. S 1 pc.
∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
∗: For double clevis, double side bossed, double foot and head flange, the
port is located perpendicular to the cylinder axis. ∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 67.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]
Electrical Wiring Pre-wired

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None Applicable load
entry (Output) DC AC connector
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Water resistant
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
CJ2RK

(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —



A93V∗2 A93V∗2
CBJ2

—— 100 V A93 A93     — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
66
Series CJ2Z

Specifications
Space-saving air cylinder with
Bore size [mm] 10 16
speed controller built-in cylinder
Action Double acting, Single rod
cover Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Speed controller Built-in
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper Standard Strokes
[mm]
Bore size Standard stroke Maximum manufacturable stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 400
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 400
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Made to Order Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

Symbol Specifications
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape Mounting and Accessories/Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
-XC51 With hose nipple
…Mounted on the product. …Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
-XC85 Double∗1 Double clevis
Grease for food processing equipment
-X446 PTFE grease Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Mounting nut    — —
Standard

Rod end nut     


Precautions Clevis pin — — —  
Single knuckle joint     
Double knuckle joint∗1
Option

Refer to page 121 before handling.     


Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)     
T-bracket — — —  
∗1: A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly

Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Cylinder model: CDJ2ZD16-60Z-NW-M9BW-B
Double clevis
Bore size [mm]
Mounting bracket
10 16
Foot CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
Double knuckle joint
Flange CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
T-bracket∗1 CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
∗1: T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).

Pivot bracket
Auto switch Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.
Band mounting
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Mounting D: Double clevis
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Pivot bracket N: Yes • Operating range
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting

∗: Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are


shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

67
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2Z

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Weights

CJ2
[g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16
Basic 36 61
Basic weight
Axial piping 36 61
(When the stroke

CJ2W
Double clevis (including clevis pin) 40 68

Standard
is zero)
Head-side bossed 37 63
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single foot 8 25
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 50

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


weight Rod flange 5 13

CJ2
Head flange 5 13
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
(including knuckle pin)
Accessories

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2

CJ2K
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2

Non-rotating Rod
T-bracket 32 50
∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
∗: Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double clevis.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Calculation:

CJ2K
Example) CJ2ZL10-45Z
¡Basic weight ······················ 36 (Ø 10)
¡Additional weight ··············· 4/15 stroke
¡Cylinder stroke ·················· 45 stroke
¡Mounting bracket weight ··· 8 (Single foot)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
36 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 56 g

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2ZW
!8 !0 !2 r !1 !4 q !5 !7 e o !3 u !9 i @1 !6 @0 w

y @2 t

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
With auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 12 Rod end nut Rolled steel
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 13 Piston seal NBR
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 14 Rod seal NBR


4 Piston rod Stainless steel 15 Check seal A NBR
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 16 Check seal B NBR
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 17 Tube gasket NBR
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 18 Needle seal NBR
With End Lock

CBJ2

8 Bumper A Urethane 19 Wear ring Resin


9 Bumper B Urethane 20 Check seal sleeve Aluminium alloy
10 Speed controller needle Carbon steel 21 Retaining ring Carbon tool steel
11 Mounting nut Rolled steel 22 Magnet —
Made to Order Auto Switch

68
Series CJ2Z

Basic (B)
CJ2ZB 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut
Y
Rod end nut
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB WW Piping port M5 x 0.8
NN °
MM

Ø
C

ØD
Ø

C
B−0.3

B−0.3
0

0
0
0
B−0.3 Head cover port
B−0.3 A F NA NB location
H S + Stroke Axial location (R)
Z + Stroke ∗: The overall cylinder
length does not change.
Ø NDh8

WA WB

Section Y detail

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN WA WB WW S Z
0
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 91
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 92

Double-side Bossed (E)


CJ2ZE 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Y  Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Ø NDh8

GA YY
NN Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB WW
NN °
MM
Ø
ØD

C
B−0.3
0

0
A F NA NB B−0.3
H S + Stroke F
Ø NDh8

Z + Stroke
Ø NDh8

WA WB

Section Y detail

Section YY detail
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.
[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN WA WB WW S Z
0
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 99
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 100

69
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2Z

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Double Clevis (D)

CJ2
CJ2ZD 10
16 –
Stroke Z
Rod end nut Ø CDH9 +0.030
0
–0.030
NB Clevis pin (Ø Cdd9–0.060 )

CJ2W
Standard
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
MM W

Ø
C ØD
W
Ø

C
°
CZ−0.3

B−0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
0
A NA B−0.3
CX+0.2
+0.1 H S + Stroke U
0
CZ−0.3 Z + Stroke R

Double Acting, Single Rod


ZZ + Stroke

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
WA WB

CJ2K
∗: A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.
[mm]
A B C CD CX CZ D GA GB H MM NA NB R U WA WB WW S Z ZZ

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Bore size

CJ2Z
10

Built-in Speed Controller


15 15 17 3.3 3.2 15 4 7.5 19.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 31 5 8 14.4 26.5 45 63 99 104
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 7.5 24.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 36 8 10 14.4 31.5 45 64 102 110

Single Foot (L)

CJ2ZW
CJ2ZL 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z
2 x Ø LC
Mounting hole

CJ2R
Rod end nut

Direct Mount
 Mounting nut
W° MM NN F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB Cover surface
W

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


C

ØD

CJ2R
Ø
B−0.3
0

LY
LB
LH

0
B−0.3

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
LT

CJ2RK
LX
A
LZ
X Y NA NB
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Piping port M5 x 0.8


CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
WA WB ∗: The overall cylinder length
does not change.
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S X Y Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 5 7 91
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 6 9 92

70
Series CJ2Z

Double Foot (M)


CJ2ZM 10
16 –
Stroke Z 4 x Ø LC
Mounting hole
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
 Mounting nut
NN F GA
° GB F NN
WW A Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 Cover surface
MM
C

ØD
Ø
B−0.3
0

LY
LB
LH
0
B−0.3
LT

LT
LX
X Y NA NB Y X LZ
H S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

WA WB

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H LB LC LH LS LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S X Y Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 15 4.5 9 77 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 5 7 103
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 23 5.5 14 82 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 6 9 107

Rod Flange (F)


CJ2ZF 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut

Rod end nut


2 x Ø FC
Mounting hole
° GA GB
WW MM
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 Cover surface Piping port M5 x 0.8
NN
ØD
B−0.3

FY
FB
0
C

0
B−0.3 FT Head cover port location
Ø

A F NA NB Axial location (R)


FX
H S + Stroke ∗: The overall cylinder length
FZ does not change.
Z + Stroke

WA WB

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 91
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 92

71
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2Z

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Head Flange (G)

CJ2
CJ2ZG 10
16 –
Stroke Z

Rod end nut  Mounting nut

CJ2W
Standard
Cover surface GA GB NN WW
NN Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 °
MM

Ø
ØD

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


B−0.3
FY
FB

CJ2
0
FX A F NA NB FT B−0.3
FZ 2 x Ø FC H S + Stroke F

Double Acting, Single Rod


Mounting hole Z + Stroke

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2K
WA WB

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
[mm]
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 99
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 100

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

72
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

Series CJ2ZW RoHS

Ø 10, Ø 16
How to Order

CJ2ZW B 16 60 Z
With auto switch CDJ2ZW L 16 60 Z M9BW B
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)
Made to Order
Mounting Refer to page 74 for details.
B Basic
L Foot
F Flange Auto switch
Bore size mounting type
∗: Foot/Flange brackets are
shipped together with the 10 10 mm A Rail mounting
product, but not assembled. 16 16 mm B Band mounting
∗: For rail mounting, screws and
Cylinder standard stroke [mm] nuts for 2 auto switches come
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 74. with the rail.
∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
Auto switch switch mounting brackets.
— Without auto switch
∗: For applicable auto switches, Number of auto switches
refer to the table below. — 2 pcs.
 Enter the auto switch S 1 pc.
mounting type (A or B) even n “n” pcs.
when a built-in magnet
cylinder without an auto
switch is required.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire 5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
— 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —
Grommet —
—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for details.
∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
73
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2ZW

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Specifications

CJ2
Space-saving air cylinder with
Bore size [mm] 10 16
speed controller built-in cylinder
Action Double acting, Double rod
cover
Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.1 MPa

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C

CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance

Double Acting, Single Rod


0

CJ2K
Speed controller Built-in

Non-rotating Rod
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Standard Strokes
Symbol [mm]
Double acting, Double rod, Rubber bumper
Bore size Standard stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.

CJ2ZW
∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard
stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

Made to Order
(For details, refer to pages 111 and 120.) Mounting and Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.

CJ2R
Symbol Specifications
…Mounted on the product. …Please order separately.
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape

Direct Mount
-XC51 With hose nipple Mounting Basic Foot Flange
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


-X446 Mounting nut   

CJ2R
PTFE grease
Standard
Rod end nut   
Single knuckle joint   
Option
Double knuckle joint∗1   
Precautions
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
∗1: A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.

Refer to page 121 before handling.

Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Bore size [mm]


Mounting bracket
10 16
Foot CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
Flange CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
With End Lock

CBJ2

Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.

• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Made to Order Auto Switch

• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting


• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

74
Series CJ2ZW

Weights
[g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16
Basic weight
Basic 36 61
(When the stroke is zero)
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4.5 7.5
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 50
weight Head flange 5 13
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2ZWL10-45Z
¡Basic weight ·····················36 (Ø 10)
¡Additional weight ··············4.5/15 stroke
¡Cylinder stroke··················45 stroke
¡Mounting bracket weight···16 (Double foot)
36 + 4.5/15 x 45 + 16 = 65.5 g

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

!5 i !0 e o !2 q !3 !4 w u !1 y

t !6 r

With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 9 Mounting nut Rolled steel
2 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Rod end nut Rolled steel
3 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Piston seal NBR
4 Piston A Aluminium alloy 12 Rod seal NBR
5 Piston B Aluminium alloy 13 Check seal NBR
6 Piston Aluminium alloy 14 Tube gasket NBR
7 Bumper Urethane 15 Needle seal NBR
8 Speed controller needle Carbon steel 16 Magnet —

75
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2ZW

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Basic (B)

CJ2
CJ2ZWB 10
16 –
Stroke Z
Ø NDh8

CJ2W
Standard
WA WA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Y  Mounting nut
Rod end nut
NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
GA NN MM WW
°
Section Y detail MM

Ø
ØD

ØD

Double Acting, Single Rod


C

CJ2K
B−0.3
0

Non-rotating Rod
0
B−0.3

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


A F NA NA F A

CJ2K
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NDh8 NN WA WW S Z
0
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 14.4 45 66 122
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 14.4 45 67 123

CJ2ZW
Foot (L)
CJ2ZWL 10

CJ2R
16 –
Stroke Z
4 x Ø LC

Direct Mount
Mounting hole

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
 Mounting nut
° F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA F NN MM Cover surface
WW Rod end nut
NN
MM
ØD
ØD

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
B−0.3

CJ2RK
0

LY
LB
LT

LH
C

0
B−0.3
Ø

LT

LX
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

A LZ
CJ2RK

X Y NA NA Y X A
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

WA WA

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ NN NA NN WA WW S X Y Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 21 M8 x 1.0 14.4 45 66 5 7 122
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 21 M10 x 1.0 14.4 45 67 6 9 123
76
Series CJ2ZW

Flange (F)
CJ2ZWF 10
16 –
Stroke Z

 Mounting nut 2 x Ø FC
Mounting hole
° Rod end nut GA GA Cover surface
WW MM NN
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NN
MM
ØD

ØD
B−0.3

FY
FB
0
C

0
B−0.3 FT
Ø

A F NA NA F A FX
H S + Stroke H + Stroke FZ
Z + 2 x Stroke

WA WA

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 22.


[mm]
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NN WA WW S Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 7.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 M8 x 1.0 14.4 45 66 122
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 7.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 M10 x 1.0 14.4 45 67 123

77
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2R RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order

Cylinder standard stroke [mm]

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 79.

CJ2
CJ2RA 16 60 Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2RA 16 60 Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
With auto switch Auto switch

CJ2K
(Built-in magnet)
— Without auto switch Made to Order
Mounting ∗: For applicable auto switches, Refer to page 79 for details.
refer to the table below.
A Bottom mounting
 Enter the auto switch mounting type (A or Auto switch mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
B) even when a built-in magnet cylinder

CJ2Z
A Rail mounting

Built-in Speed Controller


Bore size without an auto switch is required.
10 10 mm B Band mounting
Rod end bracket ∗: For rail mounting, screws and
16 16 mm
— None nuts for 2 auto switches come
V Single knuckle joint with the rail.
Head cover port location ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto

CJ2ZW
W Double knuckle joint
switch mounting brackets.
Perpendicular T Rod end cap (Flat type)
— to axis U Rod end cap (Round type)
Number of auto switches
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together
with the product, but not assembled.
— 2 pcs.
R Axial ∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided with S 1 pc.

CJ2R
the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 79.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]

CJ2R
Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
——
    — 

CJ2RK
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Grommet 3-wire (NPN)     — 


CJ2RK

Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit


3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
With End Lock

Yes
CBJ2

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —



—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Made to Order Auto Switch

Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —


∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW ∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL ∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, rrefer to the Auto
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
78
Series CJ2R

Specifications
The CJ2R direct mount cylinder
can be installed directly through Bore size [mm] 10 16
Action Double acting, Single rod
the use of a square rod cover.
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper Standard Strokes
[mm]
Bore size Standard stroke Maximum manufacturable stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 400
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 400
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Made to Order ∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard
Symbol Specifications stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape


-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
-XC22 Fluororubber seal
-XC51 With hose nipple
Standard Rod end nut
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
-X446 PTFE grease Option∗2 Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint∗1, Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)
∗1: A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
∗2: Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Precautions
Refer to page 121 before handling. Weights
[g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Basic weight Basic 36 61
(When the stroke is zero) Axial piping 36 61
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Cylinder model: CDJ2RA16-60Z-W-M9BW-B
Double knuckle joint
25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
Double knuckle joint ∗: Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2RA10-45Z
앫Basic weight ··········· 36 (Ø 10)
앫Additional weight ···· 4/15 stroke
앫Cylinder stroke········ 45 stroke
36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g
Auto switch
Band mounting
Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.
Mounting A: Bottom mounting • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
∗: Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped
together with the product, but not assembled.

79
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2R

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Clean Series

CJ2
10-CJ2RA 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

CJ2W
Standard
Clean Series

Specifications
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which Action Double acting, Single rod
discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Bore size [mm] 10, 16
outside of clean room by relief port and making an

CJ2
actuator’s rod section having a double seal construction. Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.08 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper

Double Acting, Single Rod


Standard stroke [mm] Same as standard type. (Refer to page 79.)

CJ2K
For the detailed specifications, refer to the catalogue on www.smc.eu. Auto switch Mountable (Band mounting)

Non-rotating Rod
Mounting Bottom mounting

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

80
Series CJ2R

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

!3 o q !1 e r !0 u !2 i w

y !4 t

With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 8 Bumper Urethane
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 9 Rod seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Piston seal NBR
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Tube gasket NBR
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 12 Wear ring Resin
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 13 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 14 Magnet —

Bottom Mounting

CJ2RA 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

GA
Y
Rod end nut X Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 2 x Ø LD
GB
MM Piping port
C

ØD
Ø
B−0.3

LX
0

0
Head cover port location
B−0.3 A NA NB Axial location (R)
LH
Head cover shape H S + Stroke LB ∗: The overall cylinder length
Z + Stroke does not change.

[mm]
Bore size A B C D GA GB H L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y S Z
10 15 12 14 4 16 5 20 23 16 Ø 3.5 through, Ø 6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 9.5 28 8 54 74
16 15 18.3 20 5 16 5 20 26 20 Ø 4.5 through, Ø 8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 9.5 28 8 55 75

81
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2R RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke [mm] Action
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 83.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


S Single acting,
ting, Spring return
T Single acting,
ting, Spring extend

CJ2
CJ2RA 16 45 S Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2RA 16 45 S Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
With auto switch Auto switch

CJ2K
— Without auto switch
Made to Order
(Built-in magnet)
Refer to page 83 for details.
∗: For applicable auto switches,
Mounting refer to the table below. Auto switch
A Bottom mounting  Enter the auto switch mounting type (A or mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
B) even when a built-in magnet cylinder
A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
Bore size

Built-in Speed Controller


without an auto switch is required.
10 10 mm B Band mounting
Rod end bracket
16 16 mm — None ∗: For rail mounting, screws and nuts
for 2 auto switches come with the rail.
V Single knuckle joint
∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
Head cover port location
W Double knuckle joint

CJ2ZW
switch mounting brackets.
Perpendicular T Rod end cap (Flat type)
— U Rod end cap (Round type)
to axis Number of auto switches
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together — 2 pcs.
with the product, but not assembled.
R Axial S 1 pc.
∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided
n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
with the single knuckle joint.
∗: Not applicable to single
acting, spring extend (T). ∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 83.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 

Double Acting, Single Rod


2-wire 12 V — Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit


M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
CJ2RK

3-wire (PNP)
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —



CBJ2

—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW ∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL ∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ Guide on www.smc.eu.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
82
Series CJ2R

Specifications
The CJ2R direct mount cylinder
can be installed directly through Bore size [mm] 10 16
the use of a square rod cover. Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0

Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s


Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J
Symbol
Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend,
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper Standard Strokes
[mm]
Bore size Standard stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
Made to Order ∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) ∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air Cylinders
Symbol Specifications Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XC51 With hose nipple
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
-X446 PTFE grease Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.

Standard Rod end nut


Precautions Option∗2 Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint∗1 Rod end cap (Flat type, Round type)

Refer to page 121 before handling. ∗1: A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
∗2: Can be ordered within the cylinder model.

Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Spring Reaction Force

Bore size Spring reaction force [N]


Cylinder model: CDJ2RA16-45SZ-W-M9BW-B
[mm] Primary Secondary
Auto switch 10 3.53 6.86
Band mounting
16 6.86 14.2

Spring with primary Spring with secondary


mounting load mounting load
IN OUT

When the spring is set When the spring is


in the cylinder contracted by applying air

Double knuckle joint

Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.


Mounting A: Bottom mounting
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
∗: Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped
together with the product, but not assembled.

83
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2R

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Weights

CJ2
Spring Return [g] Spring Extend [g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16 Bore size [mm] 10 16
Mounting Basic Axial Basic Axial Mounting Basic Basic
15 stroke 42 42 81 81 15 stroke 41 78

CJ2W
Standard
30 stroke 49 49 97 97 30 stroke 47 92
45 stroke 59 59 114 114 45 stroke 55 108
Basic 60 stroke 68 68 132 132 Basic 60 stroke 64 123
weight 75 stroke 154 154 weight 75 stroke 144
100 stroke 187 187 100 stroke 173

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


125 stroke 224 224 125 stroke 208

CJ2
150 stroke 246 246 150 stroke 228
Single knuckle joint 17 23 Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
25 21 25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin) Accessories (including knuckle pin)

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2

CJ2K
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2

Non-rotating Rod
∗: Rod end nut is included in the basic weight.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Construction (Not able to disassemble)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Single acting,

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Spring return  ; :  .  8 >  2  @
B  =

CJ2ZW
With auto switch

CJ2R
Single acting,

Direct Mount
Spring extend
 ;  :  8 >  2   . @ B  =

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
With auto switch

Component Parts
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note


1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 9 Piston seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 10 Tube gasket NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Wear ring Resin
With End Lock

4 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Return spring Piano wire


CBJ2

5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 13 Spring seat Aluminium alloy


6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 14 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 15 Magnet —
8 Bumper Urethane 16 Rod seal NBR
Made to Order Auto Switch

84
Series CJ2R

Single Acting: Bottom Mounting


Spring return: CJ2RA
10 – Stroke S Head cover port location Z
16

X 2 x Ø LD
Rod end nut Piping port M5 x 0.8
Y Piping port
Breather hole GB
MM
C
Ø

ØD
B−0.3

LX
0

L
0 Head cover port location
B−0.3 A NA NB
LH Axial location (R)
H S + Stroke ∗: The overall cylinder length
LB
Head cover shape Z + Stroke does not change.

[mm]
Bore size A B C D GB H L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y
10 15 12 14 4 5 20 23 16 Ø 3.5 through, Ø 6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 12.8 9.5 28 8
16 15 18.3 20 5 5 20 26 20 Ø 4.5 through, Ø 8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 12.8 9.5 28 8

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return [mm]


S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

Spring extend: CJ2RA


10 – Stroke TZ
16

X + Stroke
Rod end nut GA
Y Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM Breather hole
C

ØD
Ø
B−0.3

LX
0

A NA NB
0
B−0.3 2 x Ø LD
H + Stroke S + Stroke LH
Z + 2 x Stroke LB
Head cover shape

[mm]
Bore size A B C D GA H L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y
10 15 12 14 4 16 20 23 16 Ø 3.5 through, Ø 6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 4.8 28 8
16 15 18.3 20 5 16 20 26 20 Ø 4.5 through, Ø 8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 4.8 28 8

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend [mm]


S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 56.5 64 76 88 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 56.5 65 77 89 95 119 137 149 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

85
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2RK RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Ø 10, Ø 16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order

Cylinder standard stroke [mm]

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 87.

CJ2
CJ2RKA 16 60 Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2RKA 16 60 Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


(Built-in magnet)
Auto switch Made to Order

CJ2K
— Without auto switch Refer to page 87 for details.
Mounting
A Bottom mounting ∗: For applicable auto switches, refer to the table below.
Auto switch
 Enter the auto switch mounting type (A or B) mounting type
even when a built-in magnet cylinder without

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Bore size an auto switch is required. A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 10 mm B Band mounting
16 16 mm Rod end bracket ∗: For rail mounting, screws
— None and nuts for 2 auto switches
V Single knuckle joint come with the rail.
Head cover port location ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
W Double knuckle joint

CJ2ZW
T Rod end cap (Flat type) switch mounting brackets.
Perpendicular
— to axis U Rod end cap (Round type)
Number of auto switches
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together
with the product, but not assembled.
— 2 pcs.
R Axial ∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided S 1 pc.
with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 87.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Water resistant
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
CJ2RK

(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —



A93V∗2 A93V∗2
CBJ2

—— 100 V A93 A93     — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW ∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL ∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ Guide on www.smc.eu.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
86
Series CJ2RK

Specifications
A cylinder which rod does not
Bore size [mm] 10 16
rotate because of the hexagonal Action Double acting, Single rod
rod shape. Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Non-rotating accuracy Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Ø 10: ±1.5°, Ø 16: ±1° Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Without auto switch: –10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: –10 °C to 60 °C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper
Standard Strokes
[mm]
Bore size Standard stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Made to Order ∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) ∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Symbol Specifications Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard
stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
-XC51 With hose nipple
Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
-X446 PTFE grease
Standard Rod end nut
Option∗2 Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint∗1 Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)
Precautions ∗1: A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
∗2: Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Refer to page 121 before handling.

Weights
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly [g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16
Basic weight Basic 36 62
Cylinder model: CDJ2RKA16-60Z-W-M9BW-B (When the stroke is zero) Axial piping 36 62
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Double knuckle joint Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
∗: Rod end nut is included in the basic weight.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2RKA10-45Z
앫Basic weight ··········· 36 (Ø 10)
앫Additional weight ···· 4/15 stroke
Auto switch 앫Cylinder stroke········ 45 stroke
Band mounting 36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g

Mounting A: Bottom mounting


Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
∗: Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped • Operating range
together with the product, but not assembled. • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

87
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2RK

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2
!3 o q !1 e r i !0 u !2 w
y !4 t

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
Rod section

CJ2
With auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


Component Parts

CJ2K
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note

Non-rotating Rod
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 8 Bumper Urethane
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 9 Rod seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Piston seal NBR

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Tube gasket NBR
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 12 Wear ring Resin
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 13 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 14 Magnet —

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Bottom Mounting

CJ2ZW
CJ2RKA 10
16 –
Stroke Head cover port location Z

CJ2R
Rod end nut GA
Y GB

Direct Mount
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
MM
C
Ø

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


B−0.3

LX

CJ2R
0

KA
0
B−0.3 LH 2 x Ø LD
A NA NB LB

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rod section
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Head cover shape H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Piping port
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

Head cover port location


CBJ2

Axial location (R)


∗: The overall cylinder length does not change.

[mm]
Made to Order Auto Switch

Bore size A B C GA GB H KA L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y S Z
10 15 12 14 16 5 20 4.2 23 16 Ø 3.5 through, Ø 6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 9.5 28 8 54 74
16 15 18.3 20 16 5 20 5.2 26 20 Ø 4.5 through, Ø 8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 9.5 28 8 55 75

88
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2RK RoHS

Ø 10, Ø 16
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke [mm] Action
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 90. S Single acting, Spring
ing return
T Single acting, Spring
ng extend

CJ2RKA 16 45 S Z
With auto switch CDJ2RKA 16 45 S Z M9BW B
With auto switch Made to Order
(Built-in magnet) Refer to page 90 for
Auto switch details.
Mounting — Without auto switch
A Bottom mounting ∗: For applicable auto switches, refer to the table below. Auto switch
 Enter the auto switch mounting type (A or B) even when a mounting type
Bore size built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required. A Rail mounting
10 10 mm B Band mounting
16 16 mm Rod end bracket ∗: For rail mounting, screws
— None and nuts for 2 auto switches
Head cover port location V Single knuckle joint come with the rail.
W Double knuckle joint ∗: Refer to page 107 for auto
Perpendicular T Rod end cap (Flat type) switch mounting brackets.
— to axis
U Rod end cap (Round type)
Number of auto switches
∗: Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product,
R Axial but not assembled. — 2 pcs.
∗: A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single S 1 pc.
knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.
∗: Not applicable to single acting,
spring extend (T).
∗: Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 90.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Type Special function
Electrical Wiring
Band mounting Rail mounting Pre-wired Applicable
0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —

—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· — (Example) M9NW ∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL ∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto Switch
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ Guide on www.smc.eu.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
89
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2RK

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Specifications

CJ2
A cylinder which rod does not
rotate because of the hexagonal Bore size [mm] 10 16
rod shape. Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Non-rotating accuracy Proof pressure 1 MPa
Ø 10: ±1.5°, Ø 16: ±1° Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Can operate without Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa
lubrication.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)

CJ2
With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)

Double Acting, Single Rod


+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0

CJ2K
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°

Non-rotating Rod
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s

Symbol Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend,

CJ2K
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper
Standard Strokes
[mm]

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Bore size Standard stroke

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15, 30, 45, 60

Made to Order 16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
(For details, refer to pages 111 to 120.) ∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Symbol Specifications ∗: Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.

CJ2ZW
∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
-XA쏔 Change of rod end shape
Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard
-XC51 With hose nipple stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
-X446 PTFE grease
Accessories /Refer to page 22 for details about part numbers and dimensions.

CJ2R
Precautions

Direct Mount
Standard Rod end nut

Refer to page 121 before handling. Option∗2 Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint∗1 Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


∗1: A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.

CJ2R
∗2: Can be ordered within the cylinder model.

Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly


Spring Reaction Force
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
Cylinder model: CDJ2RKA16-45SZ-W-M9BW-B
Bore size Spring reaction force [N] CJ2RK
Auto switch [mm] Primary Secondary
Band mounting
10 3.53 6.86
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

16 6.86 14.2

Spring with primary Spring with secondary


mounting load mounting load
IN OUT
With End Lock

CBJ2

When the spring is set When the spring is


in the cylinder contracted by applying air
Double knuckle joint
Made to Order Auto Switch

Mounting A: Bottom mounting Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
∗: Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
together with the product, but not assembled.

90
Series CJ2RK

Weights
Spring Return [g] Spring Extend [g]
Bore size [mm] 10 16 Bore size [mm] 10 16
Mounting Basic Axial Basic Axial Mounting Basic Basic

15 stroke 44 44 83 83 15 stroke 42 79
30 stroke 52 52 99 99 30 stroke 48 93
45 stroke 62 62 117 117 45 stroke 57 110
Basic 60 stroke 72 72 135 135 Basic 60 stroke 66 126
weight 75 stroke 157 157 weight 75 stroke 147
100 stroke 191 191 100 stroke 177
125 stroke 228 228 125 stroke 213
150 stroke 251 251 150 stroke 234
Single knuckle joint 17 23 Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
25 21 25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin) Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
∗: Rod end nut is included in the basic weight.

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


Single acting, Spring return
 ; :  .  2 8 >   @
B  =

Rod section
With auto switch

Single acting,
Spring extend
 ;  :  2 8 >    . @ B  =

Rod section With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 9 Piston seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 10 Tube gasket NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Wear ring Resin
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Return spring Piano wire
5 Piston A Aluminium alloy 13 Spring seat Aluminium alloy
6 Piston B Aluminium alloy 14 Rod end nut Rolled steel
7 Piston Aluminium alloy 15 Magnet —
8 Bumper Urethane 16 Rod seal NBR

91
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2RK

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Single Acting: Bottom Mounting

CJ2
Spring return: CJ2RK
10 – Stroke S Head cover port location Z
16
X Piping port M5 x 0.8
Rod end nut Y GB

CJ2W
Standard
Breather hole 2 x LD Piping port
MM
C
Ø
B−0.3

LX
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


KA

CJ2
0
B−0.3 LH Head cover port location
A NA NB
Rod section LB Axial location (R)
H S + Stroke ∗: The overall cylinder length
Head cover shape
Z + Stroke does not change.

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
[mm]
A B C GB H KA L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y

Non-rotating Rod
Bore size
10 15 12 14 5 20 4.2 23 16 Ø 3.5 through, Ø 6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 12.8 9.5 28 8
16 15 18.3 20 5 20 5.2 26 20 Ø 4.5 through, Ø 8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 12.8 9.5 28 8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return

CJ2K
[mm]
S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150
10 53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
16 53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 – Stroke TZ

CJ2ZW
Spring extend: CJ2RK
16

X + Stroke
GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

CJ2R
Rod end nut Y
Breather hole
MM
C

Direct Mount
Ø
B−0.3

LX
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
KA
A NA NB
0
LH 2 x LD
B−0.3 Rod section H + Stroke S + Stroke
LB
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Head cover shape
[mm]
Bore size A B C GA H KA L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y
10 15 12 14 16 20 4.2 23 16 Ø 3.5 through, Ø 6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 4.8 28 8
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

16 15 18.3 20 16 20 5.2 26 20 Ø 4.5 through, Ø 8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 4.8 28 8


CJ2RK

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (Dimensions not mentioned in the below table are the same as the above table.) [mm]
S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150
With End Lock

10 56.5 64 76 88 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —


CBJ2

16 56.5 65 77 89 95 119 137 149 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
Made to Order Auto Switch

92
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

Series CBJ2 RoHS

Ø 16
How to Order

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model


Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting) or
“-B” (Band mounting) to the end of part
Lock position number for cylinder with auto switch.
H Head end lock Rail mounting CDBJ2B16-45-HN-A
Cylinder standard stroke [mm] Example
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 94. R Rod end lock Band mounting CDBJ2B16-60-HN-B
∗: For rail mounting, screws and nuts for 2
auto switches come with the rail.
∗: Refer to page 107 for auto switch
CBJ2 L 16 60 H N mounting brackets.

With auto switch CDBJ2 L 16 60 H N M9BW C


With auto switch Manual release Auto switch mounting bracket∗2
(Built-in magnet) N Non-locking type ∗2: This symbol is indicated when the
D-A9쏔 or M9쏔 type auto switch is
Mounting specified.
B Basic Auto switch This mounting bracket does not
L Axial foot apply to other auto switches
— Without auto switch (D-C7쏔 and H7쏔, etc.) (—)
F Rod flange ∗: For applicable auto switches,
D Double clevis∗1 refer to the table below. Number of auto switches
∗: Foot/Flange brackets are  Enter the auto switch mounting — 2 pcs.
shipped together with the type (A or B) even when a
product, but not assembled. built-in magnet cylinder without
S 1 pc.
∗1: Rod end lock only. an auto switch is required. n “n” pcs.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the Auto Switch Guide for further information on auto switches.
Indicator light

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length [m]


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None Applicable load
entry (Output) DC AC connector
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (—) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N     — 
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P     — 
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B     — 
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C —  —    —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW     — 
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V —M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW     — 
(2-colour indicator) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW     —  —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1 M9NAV∗1 M9NA∗1     — 
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1 M9PAV∗1 M9PA∗1     — 
(2-colour indicator)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1 M9BAV∗1 M9BA∗1     —  —
With diagnostic output (2-colour indicator) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F  —   —  IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96  —  — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H  —  — — —

—— 100 V A93V∗2 A93 A93V∗2 A93     — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90  —  — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C —  —    — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C —  —    — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W —  —  — — — —
∗1: Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2: 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗: Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m········· — (Example) M9NW ∗: Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 108
1 m········· M (Example) M9NWM for details.
3 m········· L (Example) M9NWL ∗: For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the Auto
5 m········· Z (Example) M9NWZ Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.
None········· N (Example) H7CN
∗: Solid state auto switches marked with “쑗” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗: The D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔/A7쏔쏔/A80쏔/F7쏔쏔/J7쏔쏔 auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, when the D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔 types are
selected, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
∗: When the D-A9쏔쏔/M9쏔쏔쏔 types are mounted on a rail, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page 107 for details.
93
Air Cylinder: With End Lock Series CBJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Specifications

CJ2
The CJ2 air cylinder is
Bore size [mm] 16
equipped with end lock function.
Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa∗
Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C

CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Allowable kinetic energy 0.090 J
∗: 0.06 MPa for parts other than the lock unit.

Non-rotating Rod
Symbol
Rubber bumper

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Lock Specifications

CJ2K
Lock position Head end, Rod end
Holding force (Max.) 98 N

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Lock release pressure 0.15 MPa or less

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Backlash 1 mm or less
Manual release Non-locking type

CJ2ZW
Standard Strokes
[mm]
Bore size Standard stroke
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
∗: Manufacture of intermediate strokes in 1 mm increments is possible. (Spacers are not used.)

CJ2R
∗: Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on www.smc.eu. In addition, the products that exceed the standard

Direct Mount
stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Bore size [mm]


Mounting bracket
16
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Foot CJ-L016B
Flange CJ-F016B
T-bracket∗1 CJ-T016B
∗1: T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Refer to pages 101 to 108 for cylinders with auto switches.

• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
With End Lock

• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting


CBJ2

• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
Moisture
Control Tube
Series IDK
Made to Order Auto Switch

When operating an actuator with a small diameter


and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew
condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the
piping depending on the conditions.
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the
actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc-
curring. For details, refer to the IDK series in the
catalogue on www.smc.eu.

94
Series CBJ2
Specific Product Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling. Please consult with SMC for products outside
these specifications.

Use Recommended Air Pressure Circuit. Operating Pressure

Caution Caution
• It is necessary for proper locking and unlocking. Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the
side that has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for
W disengaging the lock.

Exhaust Air Speed

Caution
The lock will engage automatically if the air pressure at the port
on the side that has the lock mechanism becomes 0.05 MPa or
less. Be aware that if the piping on the side that has the lock
mechanism is narrow and long, or if the speed controller is
located far from the cylinder port, the exhaust air speed could
become slower, involving a longer time for the lock to engage.
W A similar result will ensure if the silencer that is installed on the
exhaust port of the solenoid valve becomes clogged.
With head end lock With rod end lock

Selection Lock Disengagement

Caution Warning
1. Do not use a 3-position solenoid valve. To disengage the lock, make sure to supply air pressure to the
Avoid using this cylinder in combination with a 3-position solenoid port on the side without a lock mechanism, thus preventing the
valve (particularly the closed centre metal seal type). If air pressure load from being applied to the lock mechanism. (Refer to the
becomes sealed inside the port on the side that contains the lock recommended air pressure circuit.) If the lock is disengaged
mechanism, the lock will not engage. Even if the lock is engaged when the port on the side that does not contain a lock
at first, the air that leaks from the solenoid valve could enter the mechanism is in the exhausted state and the load is being
cylinder and cause the lock to disengage as time elapses. applied to the lock mechanism, undue force will be applied to
2. Back pressure is necessary for unlocking. the lock mechanism, and it may damage the lock mechanism.
Before starting, make sure that air is supplied to the side that Also, it could be extremely dangerous, because the piston rod
is not equipped with a lock mechanism as shown in the could move suddenly.
diagram above. Otherwise, the lock may not disengage.
(Refer to “Lock Disengagement.”)
3. Disengage the lock before installing or Manual Disengagement
adjusting the cylinder.
The lock could become damaged if the cylinder is installed Caution
with its lock engaged. Non-locking type manual release
4. Operate the cylinder at a load ratio of 50 % or less. Insert the bolt, which is provided as an accessory part, through
The lock might not disengage or might become damaged if a the rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove the rubber cap).
load ratio of 50 % is exceeded. Screw the bolt into the lock piston and pull the bolt to
5. Do not synchronize multiple cylinders. disengage the lock. Releasing the bolt will re-engage the lock.
The bolt size, pulling force, and the stroke are listed below.
Do not operate two or more end lock cylinders synchronized to
move a single workpiece because one of the cylinder locks
may not be able to disengage when required. Bore size Pulling force Stroke
Thread size
[mm] [N] [mm]
6. Operate the speed controller under meter- 16 M2 x 0.4 x 20 L or more 4.9 2
out control. Bolt should be detached under normal operation,
If operated under meter-in control, the lock might not disengage. otherwise it may cause malfunction of the locking
7. On the side that has a lock, make sure to feature.
Rubber cap
operate at the stroke end of the cylinder.
The lock might not engage or disengage if the piston of the
cylinder has not reached the stroke end.
8. The position adjustment of the auto switch
should be performed at two positions; a po-
sition determined by the stroke and a posi-
tion after the backlash movement (by 1 mm).
When a 2-colour indication switch is adjusted to show green at
the stroke end, the indication may turn red when the cylinder
returns by the backlash. This, however, is not an error.
95
Air Cylinder: With End Lock Series CBJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2
Head end lock
!3 !1

CJ2W
Standard
!0 !5 K !7 e !6 K o
i
!2
!8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


u

CJ2
w

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
@0 !9 t !4 y

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Rod end lock
#


Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
#

CJ2ZW
With auto switch

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


1A Rod cover Aluminium alloy 11 Hexagon socket head cap screw Alloy steel

CJ2R
1B Rod cover Stainless steel 12 Cap Aluminium alloy
2 Head cover Aluminium alloy 13 Rubber cap Synthetic rubber
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 14 Bumper Urethane
4A Piston Aluminium alloy 15 Rod seal NBR

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
4B Piston B Aluminium alloy 16 Piston seal NBR
5 Piston rod Carbon steel 17 Tube gasket NBR
6 Locking piston Carbon steel 18 Locking piston seal NBR
7 Locking bushing Copper alloy 19 Mounting nut Brass
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

8 Lock spring Spring steel 20 Rod end nut Rolled steel


CJ2RK

9 Bumper Urethane 21 Magnet —


10 Hexagon socket head cap screw Alloy steel
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

96
Series CBJ2

Dimensions
Basic
With rod end lock: C쏔BJ2B16- -RN

Ø 10h8−0.022 14.5
0

M10 x 1 Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 5


M5 x 0.8 20
Ø

20.3

18.3−0.3
0
Ø6

0
15 8 21 9.5 18.3−0.3
28 55.5 + Stroke
83.5 + Stroke

With head end lock: C쏔BJ2B16- -HN


Ø 10h8−0.022

6
0

2 x M10 x 1 8 Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


M5 x 0.8
20
19.8

Ø
18.3−0.3
0
Ø 55
Ø

0
15 8 12.5 12.5 18.3−0.3
28 50 + Stroke 8
86 + Stroke

97
20.3

Flange

0
18.3−0.3
0
18.3−0.3

Ø
Ø

20
Dimensions
0

20
18.3−0.3 0
18.3−0.3

Cover outside diameter


Cover outside diameter

M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8

15
2 x M10 x 1

28
With rod end lock: C쏔BJ2F16-

Ø5

15

With head end lock: C쏔BJ2F16-


M10 x 1

8
28
Ø6

8
8

2.3
12.5
-RN

-HN
2.3
14.5

21

86 + Stroke
50 + Stroke
83.5 + Stroke

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


55.5 + Stroke
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

12.5
6

8
9.5
5

19.8
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

33

42
33
42

19 19
20 20
2 x Ø 5.5

2 x Ø 5.5
Cover side (Rod side)
Cover side (Head side)

Mounting hole

Mounting hole

98
Series CBJ2

With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CBJ2

Dimensions
Axial foot
With rod end lock: C쏔BJ2L16- -RN

2 x Ø 5.5
Mounting hole

14.5
M10 x 1 8 Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 5 Cover side (Head side)
Ø6

20 M5 x 0.8
Ø
20.3

18.3−0.3
0

25
23
14
2.3

6 9 33
0
18.3−0.3 15 21 9.5 42
28 55.5 + Stroke
83.5 + Stroke

With head end lock: C쏔BJ2L16- -HN

2 x Ø 5.5
Mounting hole

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 6


2 x M10 x 1 8 8 Cover side (Rod side)
Ø5

20 M5 x 0.8
Ø
19.8
18.3−0.3
0

25
23
14
2.3

6 9 33
0
18.3−0.3 15 12.5 12.5 42
28 50 + Stroke 8
86 + Stroke

99
0
18.3−0.3
Ø
Dimensions

20
Double clevis

6.5+0.1
+0.2
M5 x 0.8

15
28
Ø6
With rod end lock: C쏔BJ2D16-

14.5

21
-RN

93.5 + Stroke
101.5 + Stroke
55.5 + Stroke
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

10
27.5
23

8
Ø 5H9−0
+0.030
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

−0.030
Clevis pin (Ø 5d9−0.060)
20.3

0
18.3−0.3
Ø
20

0
18.3−0.3

100
Series CBJ2

With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CJ2
Auto Switch Mounting
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height
Solid state auto switch Reed auto switch
<Band mounting> <Band mounting>
D-M9쏔
D-M9쏔W D-A9쏔
D-M9쏔A

Auto switch ≈ Hs ≈ Hs

17.5
Auto switch

17.5
A 22 B A 24.5 B
(24) (22)

( ): Dimension of the D-M9쏔A. ( ): Dimension of the D-A96.


A and B are the dimensions from the end of the A and B are the dimensions from the end of the
head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch. head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

D-M9쏔V D-A9쏔V
D-M9쏔MV
D-M9쏔AV

Auto switch ≈ Hs Auto switch ≈ Hs

17.5
17.5

A 20 B A 22 B
(22)
( ): Dimension of the D-M9쏔AV. A and B are the dimensions from the end of the
A and B are the dimensions from the end of the head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.
head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

D-H7쏔 D-C7쏔/C80
D-H7쏔W D-C73C쏔/C80C
D-H7BA
D-H7NF
D-H7C
Auto switch Auto switch
17.5

17.5

≈ Hs ≈ Hs

A B A B

101
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height

CJ2
<Rail mounting> <Rail mounting>
D-M9쏔 D-A9쏔
D-M9쏔W

CJ2W
Standard
D-M9쏔A Auto switch Auto switch

≈ Hs

≈ Hs

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


A 23.5 B 12.5 12.5 A 26 B 12.5 12.5

CJ2
(25.5) (23.5)
( ): Dimension of the D-M9쏔A. ( ): Dimension of the D-A96.

D-M9쏔V D-A9쏔V

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-M9쏔WV

CJ2K
D-M9쏔AV Auto switch Auto switch

Non-rotating Rod
≈ Hs

≈ Hs

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
A 21.5 B 14.5 14.5 A 23.5 B 12.5 12.5
(23.5)
( ): Dimension of the D-M9쏔AV.

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
D-F7쏔/J79 D-A7쏔/A80

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
D-F7쏔W/J79W D-A73C/A80C
D-F79F/F7BA Auto switch D-A79W Auto switch

CJ2ZW
≈ Hs
≈ Hs

A B
A B

CJ2R
D-F7쏔V/F7쏔WV D-A7쏔H/A80H

Direct Mount
D-F7BAV
D-J79C

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Auto switch Auto switch

CJ2R
≈ Hs
≈ Hs

A B
A B

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

102
Series CJ2

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Single acting type excluded) [mm]
Auto switch Band mounting
model
D-M9쏔 D-H7쏔
D-M9쏔V D-C7쏔
D-M9쏔W D-A9쏔 D-H7C
D-H7NF D-C80
D-M9쏔WV D-A9쏔V D-H7쏔W D-C73C
D-M9쏔A D-C80C
D-M9쏔AV D-H7BA

Bore size A B A B A B A B
5.5 (4.5) 5.5 (4.5) 1.5 (0.5) 1.5 (0.5) 1 1 2 2
6
[12] [4] [8] [0] (7.5) (0) (8.5) (0.5)
10 (5) 6 (5) 6 (1) 2 (1) 2 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5
16 (5.5) 6.5 (5.5) 6.5 (1.5) 2.5 (1.5) 2.5 2 2 3 3
∗: The values in ( ) are measured from the end of the auto switch mounting bracket.
∗: The values in [ ] for bore size Ø 6 are for the double rod type (CJ2W series).
[mm]
Auto switch Rail mounting
model
D-F7쏔/J79
D-F7쏔W/J79W
D-M9쏔 D-F7쏔V/F7쏔WV
D-M9쏔V
D-M9쏔W D-A9쏔 D-F79F D-A7쏔
D-J79C D-F7NT D-A79W
D-M9쏔WV D-A9쏔V D-A80
D-M9쏔A D-F7BA
D-M9쏔AV D-F7BAV
D-A7쏔H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C
Bore size A B A B A B A B A B A B
6 — — — — — — — — — — — —
10 4.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 3.5 3.5 8.5 8.5 3 3 0.5 0.5
16 5 5 1 1 4 4 9 9 3.5 3.5 1 1
∗: Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating condition in the actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height [mm]


Auto switch Band mounting
model
D-M9쏔 D-M9쏔V D-H7쏔/H7쏔W
D-M9쏔W D-M9쏔WV D-H7NF D-C73C
D-H7C
D-M9쏔A D-M9쏔AV D-H7BA D-C80C
D-A9쏔 D-A9쏔V D-C7쏔/C80
Bore size Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs
6 15 16 15 18 17.5
10 17 18 17 20 19.5
16 20.5 21 20.5 23.5 23

[mm]
Auto switch Rail mounting
model
D-M9쏔
D-M9쏔V
D-F7쏔/J79
D-M9쏔W
D-F7쏔W/J79W D-F7쏔V
D-M9쏔WV D-A7쏔 D-A73C
D-F7BA/F79F D-F7쏔WV D-J79C D-A79W
D-M9쏔A D-A80 D-A80C
D-F7NT D-F7BAV
D-M9쏔AV
D-A7쏔H/A80H
D-A9쏔
D-A9쏔V
Bore size Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs
6 — — — — — — —
10 17.5 17.5 20 23 16.5 23.5 19
16 21 20.5 23 26 19.5 26.5 22

103
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


and Its Mounting Height/Single Acting, Spring Return Type (S)

CJ2
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position: Spring Return Type (S)
· Standard Type (CDJ2쏔쏔쏔-쏔SZ)
· Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2K쏔쏔쏔-쏔SZ)

CJ2W
Standard
· Direct Mount Type (CDJ2R쏔쏔쏔-쏔SZ)
· Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2RK쏔쏔쏔-쏔SZ) [mm]
Bore A dimensions
Auto switch model B
size 5 to 9 st 10 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


D-M9쏔 6 — 12 21 25 39 — — — — 5.5

CJ2
D-M9쏔W/M9쏔WV 10 — 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — — 6
D-M9쏔A/M9쏔AV 16 — 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105 6.5
6 12 12 21 25 39 — — — — 5.5

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-M9쏔V 10 13 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — — 6

CJ2K
16 12.5 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105 6.5

Non-rotating Rod
6 — 8 17 21 35 — — — — 1.5
Band mounting

D-A9쏔 10 — 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — — 2


16 — 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101 2.5

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


6 8 8 17 21 35 — — — — 1.5

CJ2K
D-A9쏔V 10 9 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — — 2
16 8.5 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101 2.5
D-H7쏔/H7C 6 — 7.5 16.5 20.5 34.5 — — — — 1

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
D-H7쏔W/H7BA 10 — 8.5 16 28 40 — — — — 1.5
D-H7NF

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
16 — 8 16.5 28.5 40.5 46.5 70.5 88.5 100.5 2
D-C7쏔/C80 6 — 8.5 17.5 21.5 35.5 — — — — 2
D-C73C 10 — 9.5 17 29 41 — — — — 2.5
D-C80C 16 — 9 17.5 29.5 41.5 47.5 71.5 89.5 101.5 3

CJ2ZW
D-M9쏔 10 — 11.5 19 31 43 — — — — 4.5
D-M9쏔W/M9쏔WV
D-M9쏔A/M9쏔AV 16 — 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5 5

10 11.5 11.5 19 31 43 — — — — 4.5


D-M9쏔V
16 11 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5 5

CJ2R
10 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — — 0.5
D-A9쏔
16 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5 1

Direct Mount
10 7.5 7.5 15 27 39 — — — — 0.5
D-A9쏔V
16 7 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5 1
Rail mounting

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


D-F7쏔/F7쏔V 10 10.5 10.5 18 30 42 — — — — 3.5

CJ2R
D-J79/J79C
D-A7쏔H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C 16 10 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5 4

D-F7쏔W/J79W 10 — 10.5 18 30 42 — — — — 3.5

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-F7쏔WV/F79F Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
D-F7BA/F7BAV 16 — 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5 4

10 — 15.5 23 35 47 — — — — 8.5
D-F7NT
16 — 15 23.5 35.5 47.5 53.5 77.5 95.5 107.5 9
10 10 10 17.5 29.5 41.5 — — — — 3
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

D-A7쏔/A80
CJ2RK

16 9.5 9.5 18 30 42 48 72 90 102 3.5


10 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — — 0.5
D-A79W
16 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5 1
∗: In the actual setting, adjust them after confirming the auto switch performance.
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

104
Series CJ2
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)
and Its Mounting Height/Single Acting, Spring Extend Type (T)
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position: Spring Extend Type (T)
· Standard Type (CDJ2쏔쏔쏔-쏔TZ)
· Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2K쏔쏔쏔-쏔TZ)
· Direct Mount Type (CDJ2R쏔쏔쏔-쏔TZ)
· Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2RK쏔쏔쏔-쏔TZ) [mm]
Bore B dimensions
Auto switch model A
size 5 to 9 st 10 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st

D-M9쏔 6 5.5 — 12 21 25 39 — — — —
D-M9쏔W/M9쏔WV 10 6 — 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — —
D-M9쏔A/M9쏔AV 16 6.5 — 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105
6 5.5 12 12 21 25 39 — — — —
D-M9쏔V 10 6 13 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — —
16 6.5 12.5 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105
6 1.5 — 8 17 21 35 — — — —
Band mounting

D-A9쏔 10 2 — 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — —


16 2.5 — 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101
6 1.5 8 8 17 21 35 — — — —
D-A9쏔V 10 2 9 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — —
16 2.5 8.5 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101
D-H7쏔/H7C 6 1 — 7.5 16.5 20.5 34.5 — — — —
D-H7쏔W/H7BA 10 1.5 — 8.5 16 28 40 — — — —
D-H7NF 16 2 — 8 16.5 28.5 40.5 46.5 70.5 88.5 100.5
D-C7쏔/C80 6 2 — 8.5 17.5 21.5 35.5 — — — —
D-C73C 10 2.5 — 9.5 17 29 41 — — — —
D-C80C 16 3 — 9 17.5 29.5 41.5 47.5 71.5 89.5 101.5

D-M9쏔 10 4.5 — 11.5 19 31 43 — — — —


D-M9쏔W/M9쏔WV
D-M9쏔A/M9쏔AV 16 5 — 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5

10 4.5 11.5 11.5 19 31 43 — — — —


D-M9쏔V
16 5 11 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5
10 0.5 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — —
D-A9쏔
16 1 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5
10 0.5 7.5 7.5 15 27 39 — — — —
D-A9쏔V
16 1 7 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5
Rail mounting

D-F7쏔/F7쏔V 10 3.5 10.5 10.5 18 30 42 — — — —


D-J79/J79C
D-A7쏔H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C 16 4 10 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5

D-F7쏔W/J79W 10 3.5 — 10.5 18 30 42 — — — —


D-F7쏔WV/F79F
D-F7BA/F7BAV 16 4 — 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5

10 8.5 — 15.5 23 35 47 — — — —
D-F7NT
16 9 — 15 23.5 35.5 47.5 53.5 77.5 95.5 107.5
10 3 10 10 17.5 29.5 41.5 — — — —
D-A7쏔/A80
16 3.5 9.5 9.5 18 30 42 48 72 90 102
10 0.5 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — —
D-A79W
16 1 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5
∗: In the actual setting, adjust them after confirming the auto switch performance.

105
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting

CJ2
[mm]
Number of auto switches
Auto switch
Auto switch model With 2 pcs. With n pcs. (n: Number of auto switches)
mounting With 1 pc.
Different surfaces Same surface Different surfaces Same surface

CJ2W
Standard
D-M9쏔 (n – 2)
D-M9쏔W 15 + 35 45 + 15 (n – 2)
10 15∗1 45∗1 2
D-M9쏔A (n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
D-A9쏔 (n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3
(n – 2)
15 + 35 35 + 25 (n – 2)
D-M9쏔V 5 15∗1 35 2

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3

CJ2
(n – 2)
D-M9쏔WV 15 + 35 35 + 25 (n – 2)
10 15∗1 35 2
D-M9쏔AV (n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3
(n – 2)
Band mounting 10 + 35 35 + 25 (n – 2)

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-A9쏔V 5 10 35 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3

CJ2K
D-H7쏔/H7쏔W (n – 2)

Non-rotating Rod
15 + 45 60 + 22.5 (n – 2)
D-H7BA 10 15 60 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
D-H7NF (n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3
(n – 2)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


D-C7쏔 15 + 40 50 + 20 (n – 2)
10 15 50 2

CJ2K
D-C80 (n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3
D-H7C (n – 2)
15 + 50 50 + 27.5 (n – 2)
D-C73C 10 15 65 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
D-C80C (n = 2, 4, 6…)∗3

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10 + 10 (n – 2)
D-M9쏔V 5 — 5 —
(n = 4, 6…)∗4

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A9쏔V 5 — 10 —
(n = 4, 6…)∗4
D-M9쏔 10 (5)∗5 — 10 —
15 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A9쏔 (n = 4, 6…)∗4

CJ2ZW
D-M9쏔WV 10 — 15 —
15 + 15 (n – 2)
D-M9쏔AV (n = 4, 6…)∗4
20 + 15 (n – 2)
D-M9쏔W 15 (10)∗5 — 15 —
(n = 4, 6…)∗4
20 + 15 (n – 2)
D-M9쏔A 15 (10)∗5 — 20 (15)∗5 —
(n = 4, 6…)∗4

CJ2R
D-F7쏔 5 — 5 —
15 + 15 (n – 2)
Rail mounting D-J79 (n = 4, 6…)∗4

Direct Mount
D-F7쏔V 5 — 5 —
10 + 10 (n – 2)
D-J79C (n = 4, 6…)∗4
D-F7쏔W/J79W 15 + 20 (n – 2)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


10 — 15 —
D-F7BA/F79F/F7NT (n = 4, 6…)∗4

CJ2R
D-F7쏔WV 10 — 15 —
10 + 15 (n – 2)
D-F7BAV (n = 4, 6…)∗4
D-A7쏔/A80 15 + 10 (n – 2)
D-A7쏔H/A80H 5 — 10 —
(n = 4, 6…)∗4
D-A73C/A80C

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
D-A7쏔H 5 — 10 —
15 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A80H (n = 4, 6…)∗4
10 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A79W 10 — 15 —
(n = 4, 6…)∗4
∗3: When “n” is an odd number, an even number that is one larger than this odd number is used for the calculation.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

∗4: When “n” is an odd number, an even number that is one larger than this odd number is used for the calculation.
CJ2RK

However, the minimum even number is 4. So, 4 is used for the calculation when “n” is 1 to 3.
∗5: The dimension stated in ( ) shows the minimum mountable stroke when the auto switch does not project from
the end face of the cylinder body and the lead wire bending space is not hindered.
∗1: Auto switch mounting
With 2 auto switches
With End Lock

Different surfaces∗1 Same surface∗1


CBJ2

Auto switch model


Auto switch
Made to Order Auto Switch

D-M9쏔(V) B
D-M9쏔W(V)
D-M9쏔A(V)
The proper auto switch mounting position is 5 . 5 mm inward The auto switch is mounted by slightly displacing it in a direction
from the switch holder edge. The above A and B indicate values (cylinder tube circumferential exterior) so that the auto switch
for band mounting in the table of page 103. and lead wire do not interfere with each other.
D-M9쏔/M9쏔W/M9쏔A Less than 20 stroke∗2 Less than 55 stroke∗2
D-A9쏔 — Less than 50 stroke∗2
∗2: Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting in styles other than those mentioned in ∗1.
106
Series CJ2

Operating Range Auto Switch Mounting Brackets/Part No.


[mm]
Bore size Auto Bore size [mm]
Auto switch model
6 10 16 switch Auto switch model
D-M9쏔/M9쏔V mounting 6 10 16
D-M9쏔W/M9쏔WV 2 2.5 3 D-M9쏔
Band mounting

D-M9쏔A/M9쏔AV D-M9쏔V
D-A9쏔 4.5 6 7 D-M9쏔W BJ6-006 BJ6-010 BJ6-016
D-H7쏔/H7쏔W D-M9쏔WV (A set of a, b, d, f) (A set of a, b, c, d) (A set of a, b, c, d)
3 4 4
D-H7BA/H7NF D-A9쏔
D-H7C 5 8 9 D-A9쏔V
D-C7쏔/C80/C73C/C80C 6 7 7 D-M9쏔A ∗2 BJ6-006S BJ6-010S BJ6-016S
D-M9쏔/M9쏔V D-M9쏔AV∗2 (A set of a, b, d, g) (A set of a, b, d, e) (A set of a, b, d, e)
D-M9쏔W/M9쏔WV — 3 3.5
Switch bracket (Resin)
D-M9쏔A/M9쏔AV Band c Transparent (Nylon)
1
D-A9쏔/A9쏔V — 6 6.5 mounting
f Transparent blue (Nylon)
1
Rail mounting

D-F7쏔/J79/F7쏔W/J79W e White (PBT)


D-F7쏔V/F7쏔WV/F79F g Black (PBT)
— 5 5
D-J79C/F7BA/F7BAV
D-F7NT d b
Switch holder Auto switch mounting screw
D-A7쏔/A80/A7H/A80H — 8 9 (Zinc die-casted)
D-A73C/A80C
D-A79W — 11 13
a
∗: Values which include hysteresis are for guideline Auto switch mounting band
purposes only, they are not a guarantee
(assuming approximately ±30 % dispersion) and D-H7쏔/H7쏔W
may change substantially depending on the BJ2-006 BJ2-010 BJ2-016
Band D-H7BA/H7NF
ambient environment. (A set of band and (A set of band and (A set of band and
mounting D-C7쏔/C80
screw) screw) screw)
D-C73C/C80C
BQ2-012 (S) BQ2-012 (S)
(A set of a and b) (A set of a and b)
a
D-M9쏔 Auto switch Set screw
mounting bracket
D-M9쏔V (Accessory)
D-M9쏔W
∗4
Rail D-M9쏔WV BQ2-012
∗4 —
mounting D-M9쏔A BQ2-012S
D-M9쏔AV∗4
D-A9쏔 b
D-A9쏔V Auto switch
mounting screw

Nut (Cylinder accessory)

∗1: Since the switch bracket (made from nylon) are affected in an environment where alcohol,
chloroform, methylamines, hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is splashed over, so it cannot be
used. Please contact SMC regarding other chemicals.
∗2: As the indicator LED is projected from the auto switch unit, indicator LED may be damaged if
the switch bracket is fixed on the indicator LED.
∗3: When the cylinder is shipped, the auto switch mounting bracket and the auto switch will be
included.
∗4: For D-M9쏔A(V), order the BQ2-012S, which uses stainless steel mounting screws.
Band Mounting Brackets Set Part No.
Bore size [mm]
Set part no. Contents
6 10 16
• Auto switch mounting band (a)
BJ2-쏔쏔쏔 • Auto switch mounting screw (b)
BJ2-006 BJ2-010 BJ2-016

• Switch bracket (White/PBT) (e)


BJ4-1 —  
• Switch holder (d)
• Switch bracket (Black/PBT) (g)
BJ4-2  — —
• Switch holder (d)
• Switch bracket (Transparent/Nylon) (c)∗1
BJ5-1 —  
• Switch holder (d)
• Switch bracket (Transparent blue/Nylon) (f)∗1
BJ5-2  — —
• Switch holder (d)

[Stainless Steel Mounting Screw]


The following stainless steel mounting screw kit is available. Use it in accordance with the operating
environment. (Since the auto switch mounting bracket is not included, order it separately.)
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7 types
∗5: Refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu for details on the BBA4.
When the D-H7BA type auto switch is shipped independently, the BBA4 is attached.
107
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches are mountable.
Refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu for the detailed specifications.
Applicable
Type Mounting Model Electrical entry Features
bore size

CJ2W
Standard
D-H7A1/H7A2/H7B —
Band mounting Ø 6 to Ø 16
D-H7NW/H7PW/H7BW Grommet Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator)
D-F79/F7P/J79 (In-line) —
Sold state
D-F79W/F7PW/J79W Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Rail mounting Ø 10, Ø 16
D-F7NV/F7PV/F7BV Grommet —

CJ2
D-F7NWV/F7BWV (Perpendicular) Diagnostic indication (2-colour indicator)
D-C73/C76 —
Band mounting Ø 6 to Ø 16
D-C80 Grommet Without indicator light

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-A73H/A76H (In-line) —
Reed

CJ2K
D-A80H Without indicator light
Rail mounting Ø 10, Ø 16

Non-rotating Rod
D-A73 Grommet —
D-A80 (Perpendicular) Without indicator light
∗: With pre-wired connector is also available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to the Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


∗: Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H) are also available. For details, refer Auto Switch Guide on www.smc.eu.

CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

108
Prior to Use
Auto Switch Connection and Example
Sink Input Specifications Source Input Specifications
3-wire, NPN 3-wire, PNP
Brown Input Brown Input

Black Black
Auto switch Auto switch
Blue Blue
COM COM
(PLC internal circuit) (PLC internal circuit)

2-wire 2-wire
Brown Input Brown COM

Auto switch Auto switch


Blue Blue
COM Input
(PLC internal circuit) (PLC internal circuit)

Connect according to the applicable PLC input specifications, as the connection method will vary depending on the PLC input specifications.

Example of AND (Series) and OR (Parallel) Connection


∗ When using solid state auto switches, ensure the application is set up so the signals for the first 50 ms are invalid.
3-wire AND connection for NPN output 3-wire OR connection for NPN output
(Using relays) (Performed with auto switches only)
Brown Brown Brown
Relay
Load
Black Black Load Black Load
Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1
Blue Blue Blue

Brown Brown Brown

Black Black Black


Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2
Blue Blue Blue

3-wire AND connection for PNP output 3-wire OR connection for PNP output
(Using relays)
(Performed with auto switches only)
Brown Brown Brown
Relay
Black Black Black
Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1
Blue Blue Blue

Brown Brown Brown

Black Black Load Black Load


Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2
Blue Load Blue Blue

2-wire AND connection 2-wire OR connection


Brown When two auto switches are Brown
connected in series, a load (Solid state) (Reed)
Load may malfunction because Load When two auto Because there is no
Auto switch 1 the load voltage will decline Auto switch 1 switches are current leakage, the load
Blue when in the ON state. Blue connected in parallel, voltage will not increase
The indicator lights will light malfunction may occur when turned OFF.
Brown up when both of the auto Brown because the load However, depending on
switches are in the ON state. voltage will increase the number of auto
Auto switches with load when in the OFF state. switches in the ON state,
Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2
voltage less than 2 0 V the indicator lights may
Blue cannot be used. Blue sometimes grow dim or
not light up, due to the
Load voltage at ON = Power supply voltage – Load voltage at OFF = Leakage current x 2 pcs. x dispersion and reduction
Residual voltage x 2 pcs. Load impedance of the current flowing to
= 24 V − 4 V x 2 pcs. = 1 mA x 2 pcs. x 3 kΩ the auto switches.
= 16 V =6V
Example: Power supply is 24 V DC Example: Load impedance is 3 kΩ.
Internal voltage drop in auto switch is 4 V. Leakage current from auto switch is 1 mA.

109
110
With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CJ2
Simple Specials/Made to Order
Please contact SMC for detailed specifications, delivery and prices.

The following special specifications can be ordered as a simplified Made-to-Order.


왎 Simple Specials There is a specification sheet available on paper and CD-ROM. Please contact your SMC sales representatives if necessary.
CJ2 CJ2K
(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
Specifications Applicable
Symbol Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
bore size Single Double Single rod Single rod Single Single rod Single rod
rod rod (spring return) (spring extend) rod (spring return) (spring extend)

-XA0, 1, 10, 11 Change of rod end shape Ø 6 to Ø 16

왎 Made to Order
CJ2 CJ2K
(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
Applicable
Symbol Specifications Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
bore size Single Double Single rod Single rod Single Single rod Single rod
rod rod (spring return) (spring extend) rod (spring return) (spring extend)

-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (-10 to 150 °C) Ø 6 to Ø 16

-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (-40 to 70 °C) Ø 6 to Ø 16

-XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) Ø 6 to Ø 16

-XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) Ø6

-XC3 Special port position Ø 6 to Ø 16

-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type Ø 10, Ø 16

-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type Ø 10, Ø 16

-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type Ø 10, Ø 16

-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type Ø 10, Ø 16

-XC22 Fluororubber seal Ø 6 to Ø 16

-XC51 With hose nipple Ø 6 to Ø 16

-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Ø 10, Ø 16

-X446 PTFE grease Ø 10, Ø 16

-X773 Short pitch mounting Ø6

111
Simple Specials/Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2Z CJ2R CJ2RK
(Built-in speed controller type) (Direct mount type) (Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type)
Page

CJ2W
Double acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting Symbol

Standard
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Double rod Single rod Single rod
(spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)

-XA0, 1, 10, 11 113

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
CJ2Z CJ2R CJ2RK
(Built-in speed controller type) (Direct mount type) (Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type)
Double acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting Symbol Page
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Double rod Single rod Single rod

Double Acting, Single Rod


(spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)

CJ2K
-XB6 114

Non-rotating Rod
-XB7 114

-XB9 114

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
-XB13 115

-XC3 115

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
-XC8 115

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
-XC9 116

-XC10 116

CJ2ZW
-XC11 117

-XC22 118

-XC51 118

-XC85 119

CJ2R
-X446 119

Direct Mount
-X773 120

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

112
Series CJ2
Simple Specials
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol
1 Change of Rod End Shape -XA0, 1, 10, 11

Applicable Series
Symbol for change
Action Note
of rod end shape
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗1
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗1
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod XA0, 1, 10, 11
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗1
Non-rotating rod type CJ2K
Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗1
CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗1
Built-in speed controller type
CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗1
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗2
Direct mount type CJ2RA
Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗2
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗2
Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type CJ2RK
Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 ∗2
∗1: Except rod end bracket and pivot bracket ∗2: Except rod end bracket

Precautions
1. SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or D ≤ 6JD – 1 mm, 6 < D ≤ 25JD – 2 mm, D > 25JD – 4 mm
finish instructions are given in the diagram. 3. In the case of double rod type and single acting retraction type, enter
2. Standard dimensions marked with “∗” will be as follows to the rod the dimensions when the rod is retracted.
diameter (D). Enter any special dimension you desire.

Symbol: A0 Symbol: A1 Symbol: A10 Symbol: A11

TP R sphere
30n R sphere

A
H H H
H

113
Series CJ2
Made to Order
Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications and lead times.

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Symbol
1 Heat Resistant Cylinder (-10 to 150 °C) -XB6

CJ2W
Standard
Air cylinder which changed the seal material and grease, so that it could be used even at higher temperature up to 150 from -10 °C.

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Ambient temperature range -10 °C to 150 °C

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Double acting, Except with air cushion Seals material Fluororubber
CJ2

CJ2
Single rod and auto switch Grease Heat resistant grease
Standard type
Double acting, Except with air cushion Specifications other than above and external dimensions Same as standard type
CJ2W
Double rod and auto switch
∗: Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator. Warning

Double Acting, Single Rod


∗: Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for this

CJ2K
cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder. Precautions

Non-rotating Rod
∗: In principle, it is impossible to make built-in magnet type and the one with Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
auto switch. But, as for the one with auto switch, and the heat resistant contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
cylinder with heat resistant auto switch, please contact SMC. hazardous to humans.
∗: Piston speed is ranged from 50 to 500 mm/s.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
How to Order
Standard model no. XB6

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Heat resistant cylinder

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Symbol
2 Cold Resistant Cylinder (-40 to 70 °C) -XB7
Air cylinder which changed the seal material and grease, so that it could be used even at lower temperature down to -40 °C.

CJ2ZW
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Ambient temperature range -40 °C to 70 °C
Double acting, Except with air cushion and auto switch, Seals material Low nitrile rubber
CJ2
Single rod rod end bracket, pivot bracket Grease Cold resistant grease

CJ2R
Standard type
Double acting, Except with air cushion Auto switch Not mountable
CJ2W
Double rod and auto switch Dimensions Same as standard type

Direct Mount
∗: Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator. Additional specifications Same as standard type
∗: Use dry air which is suitable for heatless air dryer, etc. not to cause the

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


moisture to be frozen.
Warning

CJ2R
∗: Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for this
cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder. Precautions
∗: Mounting auto switch is impossible.
∗: Piston speed is ranged from 50 to 500 mm/s. Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is

Double Acting, Single Rod


hazardous to humans. Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
How to Order
Standard model no. XB7
Cold resistant cylinder
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Symbol
3 Low Speed Cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) -XB9
Even if driving at lower speeds 10 to 50 mm/s, there would be no stick-slip phenomenon and it can run smoothly.
With End Lock

Applicable Series Specifications


CBJ2

Description Model Action Note Piston speed 10 to 50 mm/s


Double acting, Dimensions Same as standard type
Standard type CJ2 Except with air cushion
Single rod
Additional specifications Same as standard type
∗: Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.
Made to Order Auto Switch

How to Order
Standard model no. XB9 Warning
Precautions
Low speed cylinder
Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
hazardous to humans.

114
Series CJ2

Symbol
4 Low Speed Cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) -XB13
Even if driving at lower speeds 5 to 50 mm/s, there would be no stick-slip phenomenon and it can run smoothly.

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Piston speed 5 to 50 mm/s
Standard type CJ2 Double acting, Single rod Ø 6 only Dimensions Same as standard type
∗: Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator. Additional specifications Same as standard type
∗: For the speed adjustment, use speed controllers for controlling at lower
speeds. (AS-FM/AS-M series)
Warning
How to Order Precautions
Standard model no. XB13 Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
Low speed cylinder hazardous to humans.

Symbol
5 Special Port Location -XC3
Compared with the standard type, a cylinder which changes the connection port location of rod/head cover.

Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type


Description Model Action Note
Port Location
Double acting, Except with rail mounting type
Standard type CJ2 Corresponding symbol of mounting bracket (Positional relationships)
Single rod auto switches, with air cushion
Port
Non-rotating Double acting, Except with rail mounting type A ∗: Viewed from the rod side, the ports are
CJ2K
rod type Single rod auto switches rendered A, B, C, and D, in the clockwise
D B direction.
How to Order
C
Standard model no. XC3 A B
Port
A <Position relation between clevis and port>
Special port location
∗: Viewed from the rod side, with the clevis
Rod port location viewed from the rod side D B positioned as shown in the diagram, the
∗: For port location, refer to the diagrams on the Head port location viewed ports are rendered A, B, C, and D, in the
right and show the symbols of A, B, C and D. C clockwise direction.
from the rod side

Symbol
6 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type -XC8
It adjusts the extending stroke by the stroke adjustable mechanism equipped in the head side. (After the stroke is adjusted, with cushion on both sides is altered to single-sided, with cushion.)

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Stroke adjustment symbol —
Except with air cushion, Stroke adjustment range [mm] 0 to 15
Double acting,
Standard type CJ2 double-side bossed, double clevis, Additional specifications Same as standard type
Single rod
double foot, head flange.

Warning
How to Order
Precautions
Standard model no. XC8
1. When the cylinder is operating, if something gets caught between the
stopper bracket for adjusting the stroke and the cylinder body, it could
Adjustable stroke cylinder/
cause bodily injury or damage the peripheral equipment. Therefore, take
Adjustable extension type
preventive measures as necessary, such as installing a protective cover.
2. To adjust the stroke, make sure to secure the wrench flats of the stopper
bracket by a wrench etc. before loosening the lock nut. If the lock nut is
loosened without securing the stopper bracket, be aware that the area
that joins the load to the piston rod or the area in which the piston rod is
joined with the load side and the stopper bracket side could loosen first. It
Stroke adjustable mechanism may cause an accident or malfunction.

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
[mm]
Bore size Applicable stroke HA S ZZ
10 15 to 150 37 49 114
20
16 15 to 200 37 50 115
S + Stroke HA + Stroke
∗: Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as
ZZ + 2 x Stroke standard type.
115
Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Symbol

CJ2
7 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Retraction Type -XC9
The retracting stroke of the cylinder can be adjusted by the adjusting bolt.

Applicable Series Specifications

CJ2W
Standard
Description Model Action Note Stroke adjustment symbol —
Except double-side Stroke adjustment range [mm] 0 to 15
Double acting, bossed, double
Standard type CJ2 Additional specifications Same as standard type
Single rod clevis, double foot,

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


head flange.
Caution

CJ2
Except double-side
Non-rotating rod type CJ2K
Double acting, bossed, double Precautions
Single rod clevis, double foot,
head flange. 1. When air is supplied to the cylinder, if the stroke adjusting bolt is loosened
in excess of the allowable stroke adjustment amount, be aware that the

Double Acting, Single Rod


Double acting, stroke adjusting bolt could fly out or air could be discharged, which could

CJ2K
Direct mount type CJ2R
Single rod injure personnel or damage the peripheral equipment.

Non-rotating Rod
Direct mount, Double acting, 2. Adjust the stroke when the cylinder is not pressurised.
CJ2RK If it is adjusted in the pressurised state, the seal of the adjustment section
Non-rotating rod type Single rod
could become deformed, leading to air leakage.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


How to Order

CJ2K
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Standard model no. XC9
BM
Adjustable stroke cylinder/ Adjusting bolt
Adjustable retraction type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
ZZ + Stroke Max. 30

[mm]

CJ2ZW
Bore size BM ZZ
Adjusting bolt 10 M5 x 0.8 74
16 M5 x 0.8 75
∗: Dimensions except mentioned above are
the same as standard type.

CJ2R
Symbol
8 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type -XC10

Direct Mount
Two cylinders are constructed as one cylinder in a back-to-back configuration allowing the cylinder stroke to be controlled in three steps.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Maximum manufacturable stroke [mm] 300 (Maximum 150 on one side)
Standard Double acting, Except with air cushion, rod end Additional specifications Same as standard type
CJ2
type Single rod bracket and pivot bracket

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Non-rotating Double acting, Except rod end bracket and
CJ2K
rod type Single rod pivot bracket

How to Order
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

CJ2 Mounting Bore size Stroke A Stroke B Z XC10


CJ2RK

Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
With End Lock

Function
CBJ2

B port D port C port A port


B DC A When air pressure is supplied to ports
and , both strokes A and B retract.

B D C A Stroke A
Made to Order Auto Switch

When air pressure is supplied to


S + Stroke B NB S + Stroke A
ports and , A out strokes.
Z + Stroke (A + B)

Stroke B B D C A When air pressure is supplied to


[mm]
ports and , B out strokes.
Bore size NB S Z
10 21 36.5 150 Stroke B B D C A Stroke A When air pressure is supplied to ports
16 21 37.5 152 and , both strokes A and B out strokes.

116
Series CJ2

Symbol
9 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type -XC11
Two cylinders can be integrated by connecting them in line, and the cylinder stroke can be controlled in two stages in both directions.

Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type


Description Model Action Note ∗: Please contact SMC for each manufacturable stroke length.
Double acting, Except with
Standard type CJ2
Single rod air cushion

How to Order
CJ2 Mounting Bore size Stroke A Stroke B – A Z Pivot bracket Rod end bracket XC11
Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type
Caution
Precautions Functional description of dual stroke cylinder
1. Do not supply air until the cylinder is fixed. B C A
2. If air is supplied without securing the cylinder, the cylinder could lurch, 1) Initial state
posing the risk of bodily injury or damage to the peripheral equipment. (0 stroke position)

Stroke B Stroke A
2) 1st stage
A (Stroke A operation)
B C
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.) When the air pressure
is supplied from the
port, the rod oper-
Stroke A
Intermediate cover ates the stroke A.
B port C port A port 3) 2nd stage
C A (Stroke B-A operation)
Stroke B – A B Following the 1st stage,
when the air pressure
is supplied from the
port, the rod operates
SB + Stroke B SA + Stroke A the stroke B-A.
B
Z + Stroke (A + B) C A 4) Cylinder retraction
When the air pressure
[mm] is supplied from the
Bore size SA SB Z port, the rod re-
10 31.5 53 112.5 Stroke B Stroke A tracts completely.
16 33 53 114
Stroke A or Stroke B operation can be made individually.
∗: Dimensions except mentioned above
are the same as standard type. B C A
Stroke A operation
∗: When mounting an auto switch at the extended piston rod A side, the 1) Initial state
following auto switches interfere with the intermediate cover. In this (0 stroke position)
case, please mount on the stroke B side. Please be aware that the auto Stroke B Stroke A
2) Operation
switch defects and temporarily turns ON/OFF when passing the A
B C When the air pressure
intermediate position of the B stroke. Stroke A
is supplied from the
Solid state auto switch: D-H7쏔, D-H7C, D-H7쏔W, D-H7NF, D-H7BA port, the rod oper-
Reed auto switch: D-C7쏔, D-C80, D-C73C, D-C80C, D-A80, D-A9쏔, ates the stroke A.
D-A9쏔V, D-A79W, D-A73
∗: The maximum manufacturable stroke of this cylinder is 150 mm for both B C A
A and B. Stroke B operation
1) Initial state
(0 stroke position)
Stroke B Stroke A
2) Operation
C
Stroke B B A When the air pressure
is supplied from the
port, the rod oper-
ates the stroke B.

Double output is possible.


B C A
1) Initial state
(0 stroke position)
Stroke B Stroke A

C A 2) Double output
B
When the air pressure is
supplied to the and
W W ports at the same time, the
double output can be obtained
Stroke A in the stroke A range.
117
Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Symbol

CJ2
10 Fluororubber Seal -XC22
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Seal material Fluororubber

CJ2W
Standard
Double acting, Single rod Except with air cushion With auto switch∗1: -10 °C to 60 °C
CJ2 Ambient temperature range (No freezing)
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod Except with air cushion
Specifications other
Non-rotating rod Same as standard type
than above and external dimensions

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K Double acting, Single rod
type
∗1: Please contact SMC, as the type of chemical and the operating

CJ2
Direct mount type CJ2R Double acting, Single rod temperature may not allow the use of this product.
∗2: Cylinders with auto switches can also be produced; however, auto
How to Order switch related parts (auto switch units, mounting brackets, built-in
magnets) are the same as standard products.

Double Acting, Single Rod


Standard model no. XC22 Before using these, please contact SMC regarding their suitability for the

CJ2K
operating environment.
Fluororubber seal

Non-rotating Rod
Symbol
11 With Hose Nipple -XC51

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
The one with hose nipple attached in order to save time for assembly at the time of shipment.

Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type


Description Model Action Note

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Applicable Hose Nipple Type

CJ2Z
Double acting, Single rod

Built-in Speed Controller


CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Symbol Applicable bore size [mm] Function Hose nipple part no.
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod H4 Ø 4/2.5 With a fixed orifice CJ-5H-4
Non-rotating rod Double acting, Single rod H6 Ø 6/4 (Ø 0.8) CJ-5H-6
CJ2K
type Single acting (Spring return/extend) MH4

CJ2ZW
Ø 4/2.5 Without fixed M-5H-4
Built-in speed CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod MH6 Ø 6/4 orifice M-5H-6
controller type CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod

Direct mount type CJ2R


Double acting, Single rod Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Double acting, Single rod Hose nipple Width across flats 8(7)

CJ2R
(12)
Direct mount,

13
CJ2RK
Non-rotating rod type Single acting (Spring return/extend)

Direct Mount
How to Order

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Standard model no. XC51 H4

CJ2R
With hose nipple ∗: The above figure shows the Ø 6/4 hose nipple mounting dimensions.
The dimensions in ( ) show those for the Ø 4/2.5 hose nipple.
Hose nipple type
H4 Ø 4/2.5 with restrictor

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
H6 Ø 6/4 with restrictor
MH4 Ø 4/2.5 without restrictor
MH6 Ø 6/4 without restrictor
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

118
Series CJ2

Symbol
12 Grease for Food Processing Equipment -XC85
Food grade grease (certified by NSF-H1) is used as lubricant.

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Ambient temperature With auto switch: -10 °C to 60 °C
(No freezing)
Double acting, Single rod range Without auto switch: -10 °C to 70 °C
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Seals material Nitrile rubber
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod Grease Grease for food
Non-rotating rod Double acting, Single rod Auto switch Mountable
CJ2K
type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Dimensions Same as standard type
Built-in speed CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod Specifications other than above Same as standard type
controller type CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Direct mount type CJ2R
Single acting (Spring return/extend) Food
ood zone
zon
Double acting, Single rod Not installable
installa
Direct mount,
CJ2RK Splash
plash zo
zone
Non-rotating rod type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Not installable
installa

How to Order
Standard model no. XC85 Container

Grease for food processing equipment

Warning Food

Precautions
Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
hazardous to humans.
Non-food zone
Not installable zone Installable
Food zone··········An environment where the raw materials and
materials of food products, semi-finished food
products and food products that make direct or ∗: Avoid using this product in the food zone. (Refer to the figure above.)
indirect contact in a normal processing process. ∗: When the product is used in an area of liquid splash, or a water resistant
Splash zone ·······An area where a portion of food products accidentally function is required for the product, please consult with SMC.
splash and stick under the intended operating ∗: Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.
conditions. An environment where food products that ∗: Use the following grease pack for the maintenance work.
enter this area do not return to the food product contact GR-H-010 (Grease: 10 g)
portion again, and are not used as food products. ∗: Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for this
cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder.
Installable zone
Non-food zone ···Other environments including the food splash zone,
except for the food contact portions.
Symbol
13 PTFE Grease -X446
Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type
Description Model Action Note
Double acting, Single rod
Dimensions: Same as standard type
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
∗: When grease is necessary for maintenance, grease pack is available,
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod please order it separately.
Non-rotating rod Double acting, Single rod GR-F-005 (Grease: 5 g)
CJ2K
type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Built-in speed CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod
controller type CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Direct mount type CJ2R
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Direct mount, Double acting, Single rod
CJ2RK
Non-rotating rod type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Warning
How to Order Precautions
Standard model no. X446 Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
PTFE grease hazardous to humans.
119
Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Symbol

CJ2
14 Short Pitch Mounting/Single Acting, Spring Return -X773
Mounting pitch is shortened when cylinders are used in parallel.
쐽 Changes rod cover and head cover dimensions to Ø 7.
쐽 Shortens the full length with a head cover integrated with a barb fitting.

CJ2W
Standard
Application
example

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Double Acting, Single Rod
7.5 mm

CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
∗: Directly mounted with cylinder
7

Verification of push
Ø

mounting screws
button actuation for
mobile phones etc.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Bore size [mm] 6
Standard type CJ2 Single acting (Spring return) Action Single acting, Spring return

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Operating pressure range 0.2 to 0.7 MPa

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Port size With Ø 4 barb fitting (For soft tube)
How to Order
Connecting port location Head cover/Axial direction
CJ2B6 Stroke SU4Z X773 Stroke [mm] 5 to 60
Auto switch None

CJ2ZW
Short pitch mounting/
Single acting, spring return

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
Dimensions

CJ2R
Ø 6n8−0.018

Be sure to use a Ø 4 or Ø 2.5


0

urethane tube (TU0425) or

Double Acting, Single Rod


[mm]
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
a soft nylon tube (TS0425).

CJ2RK
Stroke 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60
M3 x 0.5 M6 x 1.0 Air exhaust port S 30.5 39.5 43.5 57.5
7 Z 63.5 72.5 76.5 90.5
Ø3

Ø
Note
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

1. When mounting a cylinder, make sure that the


CJ2RK

air exhaust port on the rod cover is not blocked.


15 8 3 2. When mounting a cylinder, apply thread locking
28 S + Stroke 5 adhesive on the threaded part and hold the
Z + Stroke external diameter of the rod cover with a needle-
nose pliers or regular pliers.
With End Lock

CBJ2
Made to Order Auto Switch

120
CJ2
Series
Specific Product Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling. Refer to the back cover for Safety Instructions. For
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions, refer to “Handling Precautions for SMC Products”
and the Operation Manual on SMC website, http://www.smc.eu

Mounting

Warning Caution
1. Use within the specified cylinder speed and 1. During installation, secure the cover on the
kinetic energy ranges. tightening side and tighten by applying an
Otherwise, cylinder and seal damage may occur. appropriate tightening force to the retaining nut
2. Do not apply excessive lateral load to the or to the cover on the tightening side.
piston rod. If the cover on the opposite side of the tightening side is secured
or tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the deviation.
Easy checking method
Minimum operating pressure after the cylinder is mounted to 2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate
the equipment (MPa) = Minimum operating pressure of tightening torque within the range given below.
cylinder (MPa) + {Load weight (kg) x Friction coefficient of Ø 6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, Ø 10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m
guide/Sectional area of cylinder (mm2)} Ø 16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m
If smooth operation is confirmed within the above value, the 3. To remove and install the retaining ring for the
load on the cylinder is the resistance of the thrust only and it knuckle pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate
can be judged as having no lateral load. pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C
retaining ring). In particular, use a pair of ultra-
mini pliers for removing and installing the
retaining ring on the Ø 10 cylinder.
4. In the case of auto switch rail mounting type,
do not remove the rail that is mounted.
Because retaining screws extend into the
cylinder, this could lead to an air leak.
5. Please contact SMC when the stroke exceeds
100 mm for the axial foot mounting type.
<Precautions on the single acting cylinder>
1) Do not operate it in such a way that a load would be applied
during the retraction of the piston rod of the spring return style,
or during the extension of the piston rod of the spring extend
style. The spring that is built into the cylinder provides only
enough force to retract the piston rod. Thus, if a load is applied,
the piston rod will not be able to retract to the end of the stroke.
2) A breather hole is provided in the cover surface. Make sure not to
block this hole during installation, as this could lead to a malfunction.

<Precautions on the non-rotating cylinder>


1) Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate tightening
torque within the range given below.
Ø 10: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m, Ø 16: 20 to 21 N·m
2) Do not operate it in such a way that rotational torque would be
applied to the piston rod. If rotational torque is applied, the
non-rotating guide will become deformed, thus affecting the
non-rotating accuracy.
Ø 10 Ø 16
Allowable rotational torque [N·m]
0.02 0.04

3) To screw a bracket onto the threaded portion at the tip of the


piston rod, make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and
place a wrench over the flat portion of the rod that protrudes.
To tighten, take precautions to prevent the tightening torque
from being applied to the non-rotating guide.

121
These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or
Safety Instructions equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with the
labels of “Caution,” “Warning” or “Danger.” They are all important notes for safety
and must be followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC)∗1), and other
safety regulations.
Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk ∗1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution: which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
injury.
ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines.
Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk (Part 1: General requirements)
Warning: which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety.
etc.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk
Danger : which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Warning Limited warranty and Disclaimer/


1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the person Compliance Requirements
who designs the equipment or decides its specifications.
Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, its
The product used is subject to the following “Limited warranty and
compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who designs the Disclaimer” and “Compliance Requirements”.
equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary analysis and test results. Read and accept them before using the product.
The expected performance and safety assurance of the equipment will be the
responsibility of the person who has determined its compatibility with the product. This
person should also continuously review all specifications of the product referring to its
latest catalogue information, with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of
Limited warranty and Disclaimer
equipment failure when configuring the equipment. 1. The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years
2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate machinery after the product is delivered, wichever is first.∗2)
and equipment. Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The assembly,
replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch.
operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including our products must be
performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and experienced. 2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly
3. Do
. not service or attempt to remove product and our responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided.
machinery/equipment until safety is confirmed. This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any
1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed other damage incurred due to the failure of the product.
after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven objects have been
confirmed. 3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as mentioned terms and disclaimers noted in the specified catalogue for the particular
above are implemented and the power from any appropriate source is cut, and read
products.
and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant products carefully.
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent unexpected ∗2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
operation and malfunction. A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered.
Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum
4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety pad or failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited
measures if the product is to be used in any of the following warranty.
conditions.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use outdoors or in
a place exposed to direct sunlight.
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air navigation, Compliance Requirements
space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, combustion and recreation, or 1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of
equipment in contact with food and beverages, emergency stop circuits, clutch and
brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment or other applications unsuitable weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly
for the standard specifications described in the product catalogue. prohibited.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or animals
2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are
requiring special safety analysis.
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for possible governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries
failure by using a mechanical protective function, and periodical checks to confirm involved in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to
proper operation. another country, assure that all local rules governing that export are known
and followed.

Caution Caution
1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries. SMC products are not intended for use as instruments for legal
The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in manufacturing metrology.
industries. Measurement instruments that SMC manufactures or sells have not been qualified by
If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and exchange type approval tests relevant to the metrology (measurement) laws of each country.
specifications or a contract if necessary. Therefore, SMC products cannot be used for business or certification ordained by the
If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch. metrology (measurement) laws of each country.

Safety Instructions Be sure to read “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) before using.
SMC Corporation (Europe)
Austria +43 (0)2262622800 www.smc.at office@smc.at Lithuania +370 5 2308118 www.smclt.lt info@smclt.lt
Belgium +32 (0)33551464 www.smcpneumatics.be info@smcpneumatics.be Netherlands +31 (0)205318888 www.smcpneumatics.nl info@smcpneumatics.nl
Bulgaria +359 (0)2807670 www.smc.bg office@smc.bg Norway +47 67129020 www.smc-norge.no post@smc-norge.no
Croatia +385 (0)13707288 www.smc.hr office@smc.hr Poland +48 222119600 www.smc.pl office@smc.pl
Czech Republic +420 541424611 www.smc.cz office@smc.cz Portugal +351 226166570 www.smc.eu postpt@smc.smces.es
Denmark +45 70252900 www.smcdk.com smc@smcdk.com Romania +40 213205111 www.smcromania.ro smcromania@smcromania.ro
Estonia +372 6510370 www.smcpneumatics.ee smc@smcpneumatics.ee Russia +7 8127185445 www.smc-pneumatik.ru info@smc-pneumatik.ru
Finland +358 207513513 www.smc.fi smcfi@smc.fi Slovakia +421 (0)413213212 www.smc.sk office@smc.sk
France +33 (0)164761000 www.smc-france.fr info@smc-france.fr Slovenia +386 (0)73885412 www.smc.si office@smc.si
Germany +49 (0)61034020 www.smc.de info@smc.de Spain +34 902184100 www.smc.eu post@smc.smces.es
Greece +30 210 2717265 www.smchellas.gr sales@smchellas.gr Sweden +46 (0)86031200 www.smc.nu post@smc.nu
Hungary +36 23511390 www.smc.hu office@smc.hu Switzerland +41 (0)523963131 www.smc.ch info@smc.ch
Ireland +353 (0)14039000 www.smcpneumatics.ie sales@smcpneumatics.ie Turkey +90 212 489 0 440 www.smcpnomatik.com.tr info@smcpnomatik.com.tr
Italy +39 0292711 www.smcitalia.it mailbox@smcitalia.it UK +44 (0)845 121 5122 www.smcpneumatics.co.uk sales@smcpneumatics.co.uk
Latvia +371 67817700 www.smclv.lv info@smclv.lv
SMC CORPORATION Akihabara UDX 15F, 4-14-1, Sotokanda, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0021, JAPAN Phone: 03-5207-8249 FAX: 03-5298-5362
1st printing TT printing TU 00 Printed in Spain Specifications are subject to change without prior notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer.

You might also like